Tests tests run the three mux subcommands: list, select, and deselect,
and verify that the commands do what we expect.
Signed-off-by: Pratyush Yadav <p.yadav@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
This command lets the user list, select, and deselect mux controllers
introduced with the mux framework on the fly. It has 3 subcommands:
list, select, and deselect.
List: Lists all the mux present on the system. The muxes are listed for
each chip. The chip is identified by its device name. Each chip can have
a number of mux controllers. Each is listed in sequence and is assigned
a sequential ID based on its position in the mux chip. It lists details
like ID, whether the mux is currently selected or not, the current
state, the idle state, and the number of states.
A sample output would look something like:
=> mux list
a-mux-controller:
ID Selected Current State Idle State Num States
0 no unknown as-is 0x4
1 no 0x2 0x2 0x10
2 no 0x73 0x73 0x100
another-mux-controller:
ID Selected Current State Idle State Num States
0 no 0x1 0x1 0x4
1 no 0x2 0x2 0x4
Select: Selects a given mux and puts it in the specified state. This
subcommand takes 3 arguments: mux chip, mux ID, state to set
the mux in. The arguments mux chip and mux ID are used to identify which
mux needs to be selected, and then it is selected to the given state.
The mux needs to be deselected before it can be selected again in
another state. The state should be a hexadecimal number.
For example:
=> mux list
a-mux-controller:
ID Selected Current State Idle State Num States
0 no 0x1 0x1 0x4
1 no 0x1 0x1 0x4
=> mux select a-mux-controller 0 0x3
=> mux list
a-mux-controller:
ID Selected Current State Idle State Num States
0 yes 0x3 0x1 0x4
1 no 0x1 0x1 0x4
Deselect: Deselects a given mux and puts it in its idle state. This
subcommand takes 2 arguments: the mux chip and mux ID to identify which
mux needs to be deselected. So in the above example, we can deselect mux
0 using:
=> mux deselect a-mux-controller 0
=> mux list
a-mux-controller:
ID Selected Current State Idle State Num States
0 no 0x1 0x1 0x4
1 no 0x1 0x1 0x4
Signed-off-by: Pratyush Yadav <p.yadav@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Provide tests to check the behavior of the multiplexer framework.
Two sets of tests are added. One is using an emulated multiplexer driver
that can be used to test basic functionality like select, deselect, etc.
The other is using the mmio mux which adds tests specific to it.
Signed-off-by: Jean-Jacques Hiblot <jjhiblot@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Pratyush Yadav <p.yadav@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
The memory is close to full and adding a syscon node in test.dts makes
it go over the limit and makes malloc() fail on startup.
Signed-off-by: Pratyush Yadav <p.yadav@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
This adds a driver for mmio-based syscon multiplexers controlled by
bitfields in a syscon register range.
This is heavily based on the linux mmio-mux driver.
Signed-off-by: Jean-Jacques Hiblot <jjhiblot@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: Pratyush Yadav <p.yadav@ti.com>
This will probe the multiplexer devices that have a "u-boot,mux-autoprobe"
property. As a consequence they will be put in their idle state.
Signed-off-by: Jean-Jacques Hiblot <jjhiblot@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: Pratyush Yadav <p.yadav@ti.com>
Add a new subsystem that handles multiplexer controllers. The API is the
same as in Linux.
Signed-off-by: Jean-Jacques Hiblot <jjhiblot@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: Pratyush Yadav <p.yadav@ti.com>
[trini: Update some error calls to use different functions or pass
correct arguments]
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Pull request for UEFI sub-system for efi-2021-01-rc2
A software RTC driver is supplied for UEFI SCT testing.
The following UEFI related bugs are fixed:
* correct handling of daylight saving time in GetTime() and SetTime()
* handling of the gd register in function tracing on RISC-V
* disable U-Boot devices in ExitBootServices()
The log command has led to NULL dereferences if an unknown category name
name was used due to missing entries in the list of category names.
Add compile time checks for the array sizes of log_cat_name and
log_lvl_name to avoid future mishaps.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Adjust the SetTime() and GetTime() runtime services to correctly convert
the daylight saving time information when communicating with the RTC.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
U-Boot Driver Model is supposed to remove devices with either
DM_REMOVE_ACTIVE_DMA or DM_REMOVE_OS_PREPARE flags set, before exiting.
Our bootm command does that by explicitly calling calling
"dm_remove_devices_flags(DM_REMOVE_ACTIVE_ALL);" and we also disable any
USB devices.
The EFI equivalent is doing none of those at the moment. As a result
probing an fTPM driver now renders it unusable in Linux. During our
(*probe) callback we open a session with OP-TEE, which is supposed to
close with our (*remove) callback. Since the (*remove) is never called,
once we boot into Linux and try to probe the device again we are getting
a busy error response. Moreover all uclass (*preremove) functions won't
run.
So let's fix this by mimicking what bootm does and disconnect devices
when efi_exit_boot_services() is called.
Signed-off-by: Ilias Apalodimas <ilias.apalodimas@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
An UEFI application may change the value of the register that gd lives in.
But some of our functions like get_ticks() access this register. So we
have to set the gd register to the U-Boot value when entering a trace
point and set it back to the application value when exiting the trace
point.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
On a board without hardware clock this software real time clock can be
used. The build time is used to initialize the RTC. So you will have
to adjust the time either manually using the 'date' command or use
the 'sntp' to update the RTC with the time from a network time server.
See CONFIG_CMD_SNTP and CONFIG_BOOTP_NTPSERVER. The RTC time is
advanced according to CPU ticks.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Provide a constant U_BOOT_EPOCH with the number of seconds since
1970-01-01. This constant can be used to initialize a software
real time clock until it is updated via the 'sntp' command.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Provide a unit test checking that a continuation message will use the same
log level and log category as the previous message.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Some drivers use macro pr_cont() for continuing a message sent via printk.
Hence if we want to convert printk messaging to using the logging system,
we must support continuation of log messages too.
As pr_cont() does not provide a message level we need a means of
remembering the last log level.
With the patch a pseudo log level LOGL_CONT as well as a pseudo log
category LOGC_CONT are introduced. Using these results in the application
of the same log level and category as in the previous log message.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Replace the static variable processing_msg by a field in the global data.
Make the field bool at it can only be true or false.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
With disabled legacy VIDEO option CONSOLE_MUX is not auto-selected
any more, re-enable it.
Fixes: 9dec5a0ea1 ("nokia_rx51: disable obsolete VIDEO config")
Signed-off-by: Anatolij Gustschin <agust@denx.de>
Reviewed-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
DM_VIDEO conversion deadline has passed, disable VIDEO config.
Boards should convert to DM_VIDEO if they need video console
support.
Signed-off-by: Anatolij Gustschin <agust@denx.de>
Cc: Eugen Hristev <eugen.hristev@microchip.com>
DM_VIDEO conversion deadline has passed, disable VIDEO config.
Signed-off-by: Anatolij Gustschin <agust@denx.de>
Cc: Erik van Luijk <evanluijk@interact.nl>
- No need to check before free in kendryte clk.
- Only enable OF_BOARD_FIXUP if U-Boot is configured for S-Mode.
- Reduce k210 dts DMA block size
- Move timers into drivers/timer
- Correct fu540 dts reg size of clint node
Half of this driver is a DM-based timer driver, and half is RISC-V-specific
IPI code. Move the timer portions in with the other timer drivers. The
KConfig is not moved, since it also enables IPIs. It could also be split
into two configs, but no boards use the timer but not the IPI atm, so I
haven't split it.
Signed-off-by: Sean Anderson <seanga2@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Rick Chen <rick@andestech.com>
This is a regular timer driver, and should live with the other timer
drivers.
Signed-off-by: Sean Anderson <seanga2@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Rick Chen <rick@andestech.com>
Although the max DMA size supported by the hardware register is 22 bits (or
4M), the Linux driver for this device only supports transfers of up to 2M.
On a device with 8M total memory, I don't think it will make too much of a
difference.
Reported-by: Damien Le Moal <Damien.LeMoal@wdc.com>
Signed-off-by: Sean Anderson <seanga2@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Rick Chen <rick@andestech.com>
It is unsafe to enable OF_BOARD_FIXUP only based on OF_SEPARATE.
OF_SEPARATE may indicate that the user wishes U-Boot to use a different
device tree than one obtained via OF_PRIOR_STAGE. However, OF_SEPARATE may
also indicate that the device tree which would be obtained via
OF_PRIOR_STAGE is invalid, nonexistant, or otherwise unusable. In this
latter case, enabling OF_BOARD_FIXUP will result in corruption of the
device tree. To remedy this, only enable OF_BOARD_FIXUP if U-Boot is
configured for S-Mode.
Fixes: 1c17e55594
Signed-off-by: Sean Anderson <seanga2@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Leo Liang <ycliang@andestech.com>
free() checks if its argument is NULL. No need to check it twice.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Reviewed-by: Sean Anderson <seanga2@gmail.com>
Highlights:
- Fix a problem with the bootm overlap tests
- Remove duplicated code in fatwrite
- Cleanup our current "misc" command code and add a new one for misc
class devices.
- Various GPIO fixes
It doesn't need to consider start byte address.
If ramdisk size is 0x800000 and start address is 0x2700000, then it's
used until 0x02efffff, not 0x02f00000. But it's detected to overlapt RD
image, when kernel start address is 0x02f00000.
Because it's doing wrong calculation about rd_len.
This patch fixed wrong calculation address position when check
condition.
In addition, it needs to check one more condition about overlapping
entire area.
Fixes: commit fbde7589ce ("common: bootm: add checks to verify if ramdisk / fdtimage overlaps OS image")
Signed-off-by: Jaehoon Chung <jh80.chung@samsung.com>
do_save() function defined in fs.c also supports FAT file system
re-use the same for fatwrite command.
Also fix the FAT test script to match the expected output.
Signed-off-by: Lad Prabhakar <prabhakar.mahadev-lad.rj@bp.renesas.com>
Reviewed-by: Biju Das <biju.das.jz@bp.renesas.com>
Enable the command "misc" for accessing miscellaneous devices with
a MISC uclass driver. The command provides listing all MISC devices
as well as read and write functionalities via their drivers.
Signed-off-by: Bin Meng <bin.meng@windriver.com>
The "cmd/Kconfig" has a TODO description for CMD_MISC that it should
really be named as CMD_SLEEP. Change it in the whole source tree.
Signed-off-by: Bin Meng <bin.meng@windriver.com>
This change fixes two issues when building u-boot-nodtb.bin target:
* Remove intermediate binary u-boot-nodtb.bin from disk when static_rela
call (which modifies u-boot-nodtb.bin binary) failed. It is required
because previous objcopy call creates binary and static_rela finish it.
* Do not call static_rela cmd when u-boot-nodtb.bin binary was not
created/updated by previous objcopy call.
Second fix would ensure that u-boot-nodtb.bin binary is not updated when
all prerequisites were up-to-date. And therefore final binary u-boot.bin
is not updated in case all prerequisites were not modified and were
up-to-date.
Now running 'make SOURCE_DATE_EPOCH=0 u-boot.bin' second time now does not
touch u-boot.bin binary in case nothing was modified, so GNU make can
correctly detect that everything is up-to-date.
Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Use ofnode_ or dev_ APIs instead of fdt_ and fdtdec_ APIs so that the
driver can support live DT.
Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
Reviewed-by: Heiko Schocher <hs@denx.de>
Use ofnode_ or dev_ APIs instead of fdt_ and fdtdec_ APIs so that the
driver can support live DT.
Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Update the size of states_array to avoid overflow for
dev_pdata->voltages[j] and dev_pdata->states[j].
As the size of array is GPIO_REGULATOR_MAX_STATES, the size of
states_array is limited by GPIO_REGULATOR_MAX_STATES * 2 = 4
instead of 8 previously.
The value of the "count" variable is limited by the third parameter of
fdtdec_get_int_array_count.
Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
- Assorted updates for Xen, IPQ40xx, ASpeed, Keymile
- Assorted typo / documentation fixes
- Fix default preboot cmd to act like before with USB_STORAGE set
- A number of other bugfixes throughout the code
dev_err has been used for debugging and a few dev_err message are
printed for normal code execution. Make them dev_dbg instead.
Signed-off-by: Fabien Parent <fparent@baylibre.com>
Reviewed-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
By using a hypervisor call, we can implement DEBUG_UART on xen.
This will allow us to see messages even earlier than serial_init().
Signed-off-by: AKASHI Takahiro <takahiro.akashi@linaro.org>
This new function, xen_debug_putc(), is intended to be used to
enable CONFIG_DEBUG_UART on xen guest.
Please note that the underlying functionality in Xen is available
only when Xen is configured with !NDEBUG but is much simpler than
a generic HYPERVISOR_console_io().
Signed-off-by: AKASHI Takahiro <takahiro.akashi@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
At present, DM_FLAG_PRE_RELOC is set only if !OF_CONTROL.
It doesn't make sense for this para-virtualized driver.
With this patch applied, you will be able to see early boot messages:
U-Boot 2020.10-00001-ge442e71a6c52-dirty (Oct 15 2020 - 11:02:25 +0900)
xenguest
Xen virtual CPU
Model: XENVM-4.15
DRAM: 128 MiB
PVBLOCK:
(XEN) gnttab_mark_dirty not implemented yet
pvblock: 0
In: hypervisor
Out: hypervisor
Err: hypervisor
xenguest#
Signed-off-by: AKASHI Takahiro <takahiro.akashi@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
1. Rename AST2500 reset driver from ast2500-reset.c
to reset-ast2500.c
2. Rename AST2500 reset kconfig option from AST2500_RESET
to RESET_AST2500
Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei, Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
Reviewed-by: Ryan Chen <ryan_chen@aspeedtech.com>
The System Control Unit (SCU) controller of Aspeed
SoCs provides the reset control for each peripheral.
This patch refactors the reset method to leverage
the SCU reset control. Thus the driver dependency
on watchdog including dedicated WDT API and reset
flag encoding can be eliminated.
The Kconfig description is also updated accordingly.
Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei, Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
Reviewed-by: Ryan Chen <ryan_chen@aspeedtech.com>
The 12d152620d commit fixed the get_rate helper because the set_parent
one did not re-parent the clock device to the new parent. The 4d139f3838
commit allows you to remove this workaround by calling the
clk_get_parent_rate routine.
Signed-off-by: Dario Binacchi <dariobin@libero.it>
Fix up the documentation which was lost in a merge conflict in the
conversion to RST.
Fixes: 52d3df7fef ("log: Allow LOG_DEBUG to always enable log output")
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Remove the default value "usb start" for CONFIG_USB_STORAGE as the USB
storage boot initialization is correctly managed by distro boot command
('usb_boot' defined in include/config_distro_bootcmd.h already include
the command 'usb start').
Fixes: 324d77998e ("Define default CONFIG_PREBOOT with right config option")
Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Replace 'dev->dev' with '@desc->dev' in the gpio_request_by_name function
desc parameter description.
Signed-off-by: Dario Binacchi <dariobin@libero.it>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Instead having a hard coded value for "cramfsaddr" after compile time,
we change it to take the variable "cramfsaddr" for the ubicopy variable.
This makes sure that ubicopy uses the right address, even when
the value for "cramfsaddr" has changed.
CC: Valentin Longchamp <valentin.longchamp@hitachi-powergrids.com>
CC: Heiko Schocher <hs@denx.de>
CC: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Signed-off-by: Holger Brunck <holger.brunck@hitachi-powergrids.com>
Reviewed-by: Heiko Schocher <hs@denx.de>
Due to increasing kernel image sizes we get problems when decompressing
the kernel image. To fix this we need to change the addresses where we
load and where we extract the kernel. Also we need to adapt the address
where to load the CRAMFS image and where to load the DTB file.
While at it also harmonize all boards for PPC and ARM to have the
same values. Also we add a new variable "env_version", so that the
userspace is able to detect if this is a u-boot binary with updated
values or not.
CC: Valentin Longchamp <valentin.longchamp@hitachi-powergrids.com>
CC: Heiko Schocher <hs@denx.de>
CC: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Signed-off-by: Holger Brunck <holger.brunck@hitachi-powergrids.com>
Reviewed-by: Heiko Schocher <hs@denx.de>
[trini: Remove old values from kmp204x.h]
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
In the International System of Units (SI) the prefix kilo is abbreviated as
'k' not 'K'. 'K' is the symbol for Kelvin.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Since we now have the driver for Qualcomm PRNG HW, lets use it and add the necessary clocks and nodes.
Signed-off-by: Robert Marko <robert.marko@sartura.hr>
Cc: Luka Perkov <luka.perkov@sartura.hr>
This adds the driver for the IPQ40xx built-in MDIO.
This will be needed to support future PHY driver.
Signed-off-by: Robert Marko <robert.marko@sartura.hr>
Cc: Luka Perkov <luka.perkov@sartura.hr>
Since we have SPI driver for IPQ40xx QUP SPI controller, lets add the necessary nodes, pinctrl and clocks.
Signed-off-by: Robert Marko <robert.marko@sartura.hr>
Cc: Luka Perkov <luka.perkov@sartura.hr>
This patch adds support for the Qualcomm QUP SPI controller that is commonly found in most of Qualcomm SoC-s.
Driver currently supports v1.1.1, v2.1.1 and v2.2.1 HW.
FIFO and Block modes are supported, no support for DMA mode is planned.
Signed-off-by: Robert Marko <robert.marko@sartura.hr>
Signed-off-by: Luka Kovacic <luka.kovacic@sartura.hr>
Cc: Luka Perkov <luka.perkov@sartura.hr>
When building on a 32bit host the following warning occurs:
tools/image-host.c: In function ‘fit_image_read_data’:
tools/image-host.c:296:56: warning: format ‘%ld’ expects argument of
type ‘long int’, but argument 3 has type ‘__off64_t’
{aka ‘long long int’} [-Wformat=]
printf("File %s don't have the expected size (size=%ld, expected=%d)\n",
~~^
%lld
filename, sbuf.st_size, expected_size);
~~~~~~~~~~~~
tools/image-host.c:311:62: warning: format ‘%ld’ expects argument of
type ‘long int’, but argument 4 has type ‘__off64_t’
{aka ‘long long int’} [-Wformat=]
printf("Can't read all file %s (read %zd bytes, expexted %ld)\n",
~~^
%lld
filename, n, sbuf.st_size);
~~~~~~~~~~~~
Fix the format strings.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
As the ownership is now Hitachi Power Grids, change the license string
and adapt the compatible string in DTS files. For kmeter1.dts we
change it to "keymile,KMETER1" for now, as this is then compliant with
what is submitted to the linux kernel. All other boards don't have
a upstreamed version in linux mainline.
Signed-off-by: Holger Brunck <holger.brunck@hitachi-powergrids.com>
CC: Valentin Longchamp <valentin.longchamp@hitachi-powergrids.com>
CC: Heiko Schocher <hs@denx.de>
CC: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
CC: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Convert all the other http:// links to https:// .
www.denx.de/twiki/ seems to move to www.denx.de/wiki/ ,
so change it.
I checked all links in this patch are valid.
Signed-off-by: Naoki Hayama <naoki.hayama@lineo.co.jp>
doc/arch/index.rst is a list of links to each architecture.
As for the sandbox details, doc/arch/sandbox.rst looks better.
Signed-off-by: Naoki Hayama <naoki.hayama@lineo.co.jp>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
This patch include these updates
- Git repository has moved to GitLab
- HTTPS access to the file server is allowed
- pre-built images are no longer available
Signed-off-by: Naoki Hayama <naoki.hayama@lineo.co.jp>
No timer drivers return an error from get_count. Instead of possibly
returning an error, just return the count directly.
Signed-off-by: Sean Anderson <seanga2@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Claudiu Beznea <claudiu.beznea@microchip.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
This adds kerneldocs for <timer.h>.
I don't know who should maintain doc/api/timer.rst, since the timer
subsystem seems to be maintained by SoC maintainers. MAINTAINERS is left
un-updated for the moment.
Signed-off-by: Sean Anderson <seanga2@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
The sandbox is built with the SDL2 library with invokes the X11 library
which in turn calls getc(). But getc() in glibc is defined as
int getc(FILE *)
This does not match our definition.
int getc(void)
The sandbox crashes when called with parameter -l.
Rename our library symbol getc() to getchar().
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
This code is intended do prevent one from setting a shell variable abc
by doing
abc=123
if an environment variable named abc already exists. However, the
check is broken, since the env_get is done before the split on =, so
we look up whether an environment variable "abc=123" exists, which is
obviously never the case.
One could move the code to below the split on =, but instead, just
remove it, saving a little .text: The check has never worked as
intended (it goes all the way back to the initial git commit), and it
would anyway not guard against one first setting the shell variable,
then doing 'env set abc xyz'.
Signed-off-by: Rasmus Villemoes <rasmus.villemoes@prevas.dk>
add back again special case: -2
autoboot with no delay and no check for abort
as described in Kconfig option, see common/Kconfig
help text for option BOOTDELAY.
Signed-off-by: Heiko Schocher <hs@denx.de>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Fix some comments about functions.
Move genimg_get_comp_name() above genimg_get_short_name() because
genimg_get_comp_name() is related to get_table_entry_name().
Signed-off-by: Naoki Hayama <naoki.hayama@lineo.co.jp>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
In show_valid_options(), this patch introduces checking whether
a category has an entry ID. If not, adding it to a list for output
is skipped before calling qsort().
This patch will affect all kinds of image header categories
(-A, -C, -O and -T flags).
Signed-off-by: Naoki Hayama <naoki.hayama@lineo.co.jp>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Add a generic function which can check whether a category has an
entry ID.
Signed-off-by: Naoki Hayama <naoki.hayama@lineo.co.jp>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
CONFIG_{SPL,TPL}_SIZE_LIMIT are defined as hex (SPL_SIZE_LIMIT was
converted in b51882d0 ("spl: Convert CONFIG_SPL_SIZE_LIMIT to hex"), but
there are still places that reference integer values. Change those to hex
as well. Also, update the Makefile to check for 0x0 instead of 0.
This also fixes the following build error when CONFIG_SPL_SIZE_LIMIT
is set by menuconfig to 0x0:
...
spl/u-boot-spl.bin exceeds file size limit:
limit: 0 bytes
actual: 0x80f0 bytes
excess: 0x80f0 bytes
Signed-off-by: Ovidiu Panait <ovidiu.panait@windriver.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
We don't want the debug output to be visible in a normal boot. Silence it.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Heiko Schocher<hs@denx.de>
It is much easier to read the bloblist addresses if it starts on a 4KB
boundary. Update it to align it accordingly.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
This function can be called when it is not known whether it will find
anything. This results in confusing log messages if the device is not
found. It is better for the caller to log the failure, if necessary.
Drop the logging from this function.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
- Activate CMD_EXPORTENV/CMD_IMPORTENV/CMD_ELF for STM32MP15 defconfig
- Fix stm32prog command: parsing of FlashLayout without partition
- Update MAINTAINERS for ARM STM STM32MP
- Manage eth1addr on dh board with KS8851
- Limit size of cacheable DDR in pre-reloc stage in stm32mp1
- Use mmc_of_parse() to read host capabilities in mmc:sdmmc2 driver
Remove duplicated stdio print message.
It's already displayed in common/console.c.
Loading Environment from MMC... OK
In: serial
Out: serial
Err: serial
Model: Odroid XU3/XU4/HC1/HC2 based on Exynos5422
Type: xu3
In: serial
Out: serial
Err: serial
Signed-off-by: Jaehoon Chung <jh80.chung@samsung.com>
Signed-off-by: Minkyu Kang <mk7.kang@samsung.com>
A64-Teres-I board is a laptop which comes with a builtin keyboard.
The keyboard+trackpad controller pauses for 2 seconds at a firmware
prompt before loading its HID interface.
U-Boot needs to wait equally long to reliably enable the keyboard.
Signed-off-by: Jonas Smedegaard <dr@jones.dk>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Series-Cc: Jagan Teki <jagan@amarulasolutions.com>
Series-Cc: Lukasz Majewski <lukma@denx.de>
Series-Cc: Andre Przywara <andre.przywara@arm.com>
Olimex OLinuXino LIME2 rev. H through L uses Micrel KSZ9031 PHY.
This enables the Micrel PHY for A20-OLinuXino-Lime2-eMMC_defconfig.
Signed-off-by: Jonas Smedegaard <dr@jones.dk>
Reviewed-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@amarulasolutions.com>
Allwinner sun50i SoCs contain an OpenRISC 1000 CPU that functions as a
System Control Processor, or SCP. ARM Trusted Firmware (ATF)
communicates with the SCP over SCPI to implement the PSCI system
suspend, shutdown and reset functionality. Currently, SCP firmware is
optional; the system will boot and run without it, but system suspend
will be unavailable.
Since all communication with the SCP is mediated by ATF, the only thing
U-Boot needs to do is load the firmware into SRAM. The SCP firmware
occupies the last 16KiB of SRAM A2, immediately following ATF.
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: Samuel Holland <samuel@sholland.org>
Reviewed-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@amarulasolutions.com>
Add an entry type for a firmware blob for a System Control Processor,
given by an entry arg. This firmware is a raw binary blob.
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: Samuel Holland <samuel@sholland.org>
Reviewed-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@amarulasolutions.com>
Since commit d879616e9e ("spl: fit: simplify logic for FDT loading for
non-OS boots"), the SPL looks at the "os" properties of FIT images to
determine where to append the FDT.
The "os" property of the "firmware" image also determines how to execute
the next stage of the boot process, as in 1d3790905d ("spl: atf:
introduce spl_invoke_atf and make bl31_entry private"). For this reason,
the next stage must be specified in "firmware", not in "loadables".
To support this additional functionality, and to properly model the boot
process, where ATF runs before U-Boot, add the "os" properties and swap
the firmware/loadable images in the FIT image.
Since this description was copied as an example in commit 70248d6a2916
("binman: Support generating FITs with multiple dtbs"), update those
examples as well for correctness and consistency.
Acked-by: Patrick Wildt <patrick@blueri.se>
Signed-off-by: Samuel Holland <samuel@sholland.org>
Reviewed-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@amarulasolutions.com>
Some boards, specifically 64-bit Allwinner boards (sun50i), are
extremely limited on SPL size. One strategy that was used to make space
was to remove the FIT "os" property parsing code, because it uses a
rather large lookup table.
However, this forces the legacy FIT parsing code path, which requires
the "firmware" entry in the FIT to reference the U-Boot binary, even if
U-Boot is not the next binary in the boot sequence (for example, on
sun50i boards, ATF is run first).
This prevents the same FIT image from being used with a SPL with
CONFIG_SPL_FIT_IMAGE_TINY=n and CONFIG_SPL_ATF=y, because the boot
method selection code looks at `spl_image.os`, which is only set from
the "firmware" entry's "os" property.
To be able to use CONFIG_SPL_ATF=y, the "firmware" entry in the FIT
must be ATF, and U-Boot must be a loadable. For this to work, we need to
parse the "os" property just enough to tell U-Boot from other images, so
we can find it in the loadables list to append the FDT, and so we don't
try to append the FDT to ATF (which could clobber adjacent firmware).
So add the minimal code necessary to distinguish U-Boot/non-U-Boot
loadables with CONFIG_SPL_FIT_IMAGE_TINY=y. This adds about 300 bytes,
much less than the 7400 bytes added by CONFIG_SPL_FIT_IMAGE_TINY=n.
Acked-by: Patrick Wildt <patrick@blueri.se>
Signed-off-by: Samuel Holland <samuel@sholland.org>
Reviewed-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@amarulasolutions.com>
This consolidates the SoC-specific part at the top of the file to avoid
cluttering it up with preprocessor conditions.
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: Samuel Holland <samuel@sholland.org>
Reviewed-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@amarulasolutions.com>
Prior to commit 7f7f8aca8257 ("sunxi: Convert 64-bit boards to use
binman"), if the BL31 environment variable was not defined, the firmware
would be loaded from a file "bl31.bin" in the current directory. Restore
that behavior by providing that as the default filename in case no entry
arg is provided, which will be the case if the environment variable is
unset.
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: Samuel Holland <samuel@sholland.org>
Reviewed-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@amarulasolutions.com>
Nodes should have a blank line separating them from sibling nodes and
properties. Add the necessary lines.
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: Samuel Holland <samuel@sholland.org>
Reviewed-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@amarulasolutions.com>
Due to an extra level of indentation, the "data" property containing the
FDT was being written repeatedly after every other property in the node.
This caused the generated FIT image to be invalid.
Move the block up one level, so the property is added exactly once.
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: Samuel Holland <samuel@sholland.org>
Reviewed-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@amarulasolutions.com>
If neither CONFIG_SPL_FIT_SOURCE nor CONFIG_USE_SPL_FIT_GENERATOR is
enabled, U_BOOT_ITS will be undefined, and attempting to make u-boot.itb
will pass invalid arguments to mkimage, causing it to print its help
message.
Remove the rule in that case, so it is more obvious that u-boot.itb is
not something that can be made. This will reduce confusion as platforms
move away from CONFIG_USE_SPL_FIT_GENERATOR, as u-boot.itb was
previously a valid goal for those platforms.
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: Samuel Holland <samuel@sholland.org>
Reviewed-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@amarulasolutions.com>
Previously, because we have no source code about the DRAM initialization
of V3s and missing some configurations (delays and MBUS QoS info), our
V3s DRAM initialization sequence is hacked from the H3 one.
As the SDK shipped with PineCube contains source code for V3s libdram,
we can retrieve these information from it and tweak some other magic
bits.
Signed-off-by: Icenowy Zheng <icenowy@aosc.io>
Reviewed-by: Andre Przywara <andre.przywara@arm.com>
Acked-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@amarulasolutions.com>
This reverts commit eb39d8ba5f.
The commit breaks booting of fitImage by SPL, the system simply hangs.
This is because on arm32, the fitImage and all of its content can be
aligned to 4 bytes and U-Boot expects just that.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Cc: Reuben Dowle <reuben.dowle@4rf.com>
Cc: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
The current default of 0x400 for SYS_MALLOC_F_LEN is too small if any
additional drivers marked as DM_FLAG_PRE_RELOC are loaded before
relocation.
CONFIG_RSA=y which is needed for UEFI secure boot or for FIT image
verification loads the driver mod_exp_sw which has DM_FLAG_PRE_RELOC.
CONFIG_LOG=Y is another setting requiring additional early malloc
area, cf. log_init().
When running pine64-lts_defconfig with CONFIG_RSA=y and debug UART enabled
we see as output in main U-Boot
alloc_simple() alloc space exhausted
With this patch the default values of SYS_MALLOC_F_LEN and
SPL_SYS_MALLOC_F_LEN on ARCH_SUNXI are raised to 0x2000.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Reviewed-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@amarulasolutions.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Update email address of Maxime Ripard in git-mailrc to match more
recently updated entry in MAINTAINERS.
commit 9bd9b2bcbe ("MAINTAINERS: Update my email address")
commit bf8f4c4400 ("MAINTAINERS: Update email address for Maxime Ripard")
Signed-off-by: Jonas Smedegaard <dr@jones.dk>
Acked-by: Maxime Ripard <mripard@kernel.org>
Reviewed-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@amarulasolutions.com>
According to the devicetree and the schematic, the 3.3V power rail for
the PHY is enabled by GPIO PC16. It's wired as active-high, with a
pull-up resistor, so actually works already when the GPIO is in
High-Z state.
However we should not take any chances and explicitly set the GPIO pin
to high, to avoid accidentally losing the PHY power.
The existing MACPWR Kconfig allows to do this easily.
Signed-off-by: Andre Przywara <andre.przywara@arm.com>
Acked-by: Maxime Ripard <mripard@kernel.org>
Tested-by: Amit Singh Tomar <amittomer25@gmail.com> # Pine64+
Reviewed-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@amarulasolutions.com>
When sending a command via the MDIO bus, the Designware MAC expects some
bits in the CMD register to describe the clock divider value between
the main clock and the MDIO clock.
So far we were omitting these bits, resulting in setting "00", which
means "/ 16", so ending up with an MDIO frequency of either 18.75 or
12.5 MHz.
All the internal PHYs in the H3/H5/H6 SoCs as well as the Gbit Realtek
PHYs seem to be fine with that - although it looks like to be severly
overclocked (the MDIO spec limits the frequency to 2.5 MHz).
However the external 100Mbit PHY on the Pine64 (non-plus) board is
not happy with that, Ethernet was actually never working there, as the
PHY didn't probe.
As we set the EMAC clock (via AHB2) to 300 MHz in ATF (on the 64-bit
SoCs), and use 200 MHz on the H3, we need the highest divider of 128
to let the MDIO clock end up below the required 2.5 MHz.
This enables Ethernet on the Pine64(non-plus).
Signed-off-by: Andre Przywara <andre.przywara@arm.com>
Acked-by: Maxime Ripard <mripard@kernel.org>
Tested-by: Amit Singh Tomar <amittomer25@gmail.com> # Pine64+
Reviewed-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@amarulasolutions.com>
The current implementation of sun8i_get_ephy_nodes() makes quite some
assumptions, in general relying on DT path names is a bad idea.
I think the idea of the code was to determine if we are using the
internal PHY, for which there are simpler and more robust methods:
Rewrite (and rename) the existing function to simply lookup the DT node
that "phy-handle" points to, using the device's DT node.
Then check whether the parent of that PHY node is using an "H3 internal
MDIO" compatible string. If we ever get another internal MDIO bus
implementation, we will probably need code adjustments anyway, so this
is good enough for now.
Signed-off-by: Andre Przywara <andre.przywara@arm.com>
[jagan: rebase on master]
Signed-off-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@amarulasolutions.com>
Acked-by: Maxime Ripard <mripard@kernel.org>
Tested-by: Amit Singh Tomar <amittomer25@gmail.com> # Pine64+
Reviewed-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@amarulasolutions.com>
The error handling in recv() is somewhat broken, for instance
good_packet isn't really used, and it's hardly readable. Also we try
to check for short or too big packets, but those are actually filtered
out by the hardware.
Simplify the whole routine and improve the error handling:
- Bail out early if the current RX descriptor is not ready.
- Enable propagation of runt, huge and broken packets.
- Check for runt and huge packets, and return 0 to indicate this.
This will force the framework to call free_pkt for cleanup.
- Avoid aligning the packet buffer for invalidation again.
Signed-off-by: Andre Przywara <andre.przywara@arm.com>
Acked-by: Maxime Ripard <mripard@kernel.org>
Tested-by: Amit Singh Tomar <amittomer25@gmail.com> # Pine64+
Reviewed-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@amarulasolutions.com>
The EMAC soft reset routine was subtly broken, using an open coded
timeout routine without any actual delay.
Remove the unneeded initial reset bit read, and call wait_for_bit_le32()
to handle the timeout correctly.
Signed-off-by: Andre Przywara <andre.przywara@arm.com>
Acked-by: Maxime Ripard <mripard@kernel.org>
Tested-by: Amit Singh Tomar <amittomer25@gmail.com> # Pine64+
Reviewed-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@amarulasolutions.com>
When iterating over all RX/TX buffers, we were using a rather long "idx"
control variable, which lead to a nasty overlong line.
Replace "idx" with "i" to avoid this.
Signed-off-by: Andre Przywara <andre.przywara@arm.com>
Acked-by: Maxime Ripard <mripard@kernel.org>
Tested-by: Amit Singh Tomar <amittomer25@gmail.com> # Pine64+
Reviewed-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@amarulasolutions.com>
To meet the current alignment requirements for our cache maintenance
functions, we were explicitly aligning the *arguments* to those calls.
This is not only ugly to read, but also wrong, as we need to make sure
we are not accidentally stepping on other data.
Provide wrapper functions for the common case of cleaning or
invalidating a descriptor, to make the cache maintenance calls more
readable. This fixes a good deal of the problematic calls.
Signed-off-by: Andre Przywara <andre.przywara@arm.com>
Acked-by: Maxime Ripard <mripard@kernel.org>
Tested-by: Amit Singh Tomar <amittomer25@gmail.com> # Pine64+
Reviewed-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@amarulasolutions.com>
There is no reason to invalidate a TX descriptor before we are setting
it up, as we will only write to a field.
Remove the not needed invalidate_dcache_range() call.
Signed-off-by: Andre Przywara <andre.przywara@arm.com>
Acked-by: Maxime Ripard <mripard@kernel.org>
Tested-by: Amit Singh Tomar <amittomer25@gmail.com> # Pine64+
Reviewed-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@amarulasolutions.com>
When we initialise the TX descriptors, there is no need yet to clean
them all to memory, as they don't contain any data yet. Later we will
touch and clean each descriptor anyway.
However we tell the MAC about the beginning of the chain, so we have to
clean at least the first descriptor, to make it clear that this is empty
and there are no packets to transfer yet.
Signed-off-by: Andre Przywara <andre.przywara@arm.com>
Acked-by: Maxime Ripard <mripard@kernel.org>
Tested-by: Amit Singh Tomar <amittomer25@gmail.com> # Pine64+
Reviewed-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@amarulasolutions.com>
Before we initialise the RX descriptors, there is no need to *clean*
them from the cache, as we touch them for the first time.
However we should cover the case that those buffers contain dirty cache
lines, which could be evicted and written back to DRAM any time later,
in the worst case *after* the MAC has transferred a packet into them.
Signed-off-by: Andre Przywara <andre.przywara@arm.com>
Acked-by: Maxime Ripard <mripard@kernel.org>
Tested-by: Amit Singh Tomar <amittomer25@gmail.com> # Pine64+
Reviewed-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@amarulasolutions.com>
The EMAC driver contains a lot of magic bits, although the manuals
and the Linux driver have all names for them.
Define those names and use them when programming the registers.
Also this replaces a lot of readl/mask/writel operations with the much
easier-to-read setbits_le32() macro.
Signed-off-by: Andre Przywara <andre.przywara@arm.com>
Acked-by: Maxime Ripard <mripard@kernel.org>
Tested-by: Amit Singh Tomar <amittomer25@gmail.com> # Pine64+
Reviewed-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@amarulasolutions.com>
Apparently due to copying from some older or converted driver, the
sun8i_emac driver contains pointless wrapper functions to bridge
between a legacy driver and the driver model.
Since sun8i_emac is (and always was) driver model only, there is no
reason to have those confusing wrappers. Just remove them, and use
the driver model prototypes directly.
Signed-off-by: Andre Przywara <andre.przywara@arm.com>
Acked-by: Maxime Ripard <mripard@kernel.org>
Tested-by: Amit Singh Tomar <amittomer25@gmail.com> # Pine64+
Reviewed-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@amarulasolutions.com>
When preparing the register value for the MDIO command register, we
start with a zeroed register, so there is no need to mask off certain
bits before setting them.
Simplify the sequence, and rename the variable to a more matching
mii_cmd on the way.
Also the open-coded time-out routine can be replaced with a much safer
and easier-to-read call to wait_for_bit_le32().
Signed-off-by: Andre Przywara <andre.przywara@arm.com>
Acked-by: Maxime Ripard <mripard@kernel.org>
Tested-by: Amit Singh Tomar <amittomer25@gmail.com> # Pine64+
Reviewed-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@amarulasolutions.com>
When initialising the TX DMA descriptors, we mostly chain them up,
but of course don't know about any data or its length yet.
That means they are still invalid, and the OWN bit should NOT be set
yet.
In fact when we later tell the MAC about the beginning of the chain,
and enable TX DMA in the start() routine, the MAC will start fetching
TX descriptors prematurely, as it can be seen by dumping the TX_DMA_STA
and TX_DMA_CUR_DESC registers.
Clear the owner bit, to not give the MAC the wrong illusion that it
owns the descriptors already.
Signed-off-by: Andre Przywara <andre.przywara@arm.com>
Acked-by: Maxime Ripard <mripard@kernel.org>
Tested-by: Amit Singh Tomar <amittomer25@gmail.com> # Pine64+
Reviewed-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@amarulasolutions.com>
When phy_startup() returns with an error, because there is no link or
the user interrupted the process, we shall stop the _start() routine
and return with an error, instead of proceeding anyway.
This fixes pointless operations when there is no Ethernet cable
connected, for instance.
Signed-off-by: Andre Przywara <andre.przywara@arm.com>
Acked-by: Maxime Ripard <mripard@kernel.org>
Tested-by: Amit Singh Tomar <amittomer25@gmail.com> # Pine64+
Reviewed-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@amarulasolutions.com>
When partitions are not available on a device the command stm32prog raises
an error but a device can have no partition to check in init_device()
and the command need to continue to the next part_id.
This patch correct an issue for ram0 target, when block_dev and mtd
are NULL.
For example with the simple flashlayout file:
Opt Part Name Type Device Offset Binary
- 0x01 fsbl Binary none 0x0 tf-a-serialboot.stm32
- 0x03 ssbl Binary none 0x0 u-boot.stm32
P 0x10 kernel System ram0 0xC2000000 uImage.bin
P 0x11 dtb FileSytem ram0 0xC4000000 stm32mp157f-ev1.dtb
Fixes: ffc405e63b ("stm32mp: stm32prog: add upport of partial update")
Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
Reviewed-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@st.com>
Activate CONFIG_CMD_ELF to accept the command "bootelf".
This patch simplifies the file stm32mp defconfig, as we have
no reason to deactivate this command.
Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
Reviewed-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@st.com>
Activate CONFIG_CMD_IMPORTENV to accept the command "env import".
This command is useful in script to include some variable.
Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
Reviewed-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@st.com>
Add the STM32MP1 RNG driver in the list of drivers supported by
the STMicroelectronics STM32MP15x series.
Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
Reviewed-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@st.com>
Add files and directories regex "stm32" and "stm" in "ARM STM STM32MP"
platform to avoid missing files or drivers supported by the
STMicroelectronics series STM32MP15x.
This patch adds the rules already used in Linux kernel for
ARM/STM32 ARCHITECTURE.
Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
Reviewed-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@st.com>
Cosmetic update of gpio.h:
- remove enumerate: stm32_gpio_port, stm32_gpio_pin
because STM32_GPIO_XXX values are unused
- move STM32_GPIOS_PER_BANK in stm32_gpio.c
as its value is IP dependent and not arch dependent
No functional change as number of banks and number of gpio by banks
is managed by device tree since since DM migration and
commit 8f651ca60b ("pinctrl: stm32: Add get_pins_count() ops").
Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
Reviewed-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@st.com>
In pre-reloc stage, U-Boot marks cacheable the DDR limited by
the new config CONFIG_DDR_CACHEABLE_SIZE.
This patch allows to avoid any speculative access to DDR protected by
firewall and used by OP-TEE; the "no-map" reserved memory
node in DT are assumed after this limit:
STM32_DDR_BASE + DDR_CACHEABLE_SIZE.
Without security, in basic boot, the value is equal to STM32_DDR_SIZE.
Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
Reviewed-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@st.com>
mmc_of_parse() can populate the 'f_max' and 'host_caps' fields of
struct mmc_config from devicetree.
The same logic is duplicated in stm32_sdmmc2_probe(). Use
mmc_of_parse(), which is more generic.
Signed-off-by: Alexandru Gagniuc <mr.nuke.me@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@st.com>
Reviewed-by: Jaehoon Chung <jh80.chung@samsung.com>
"cap-mmc-highspeed" enables support for 26 MHz MMC, but there is no
additional flag to enable 52 MHz MMC. In Linux. "cap-mmc-highspeed"
is used for MMC HS at both 26MHz and 52MHz.
Use the same approach and enable MMC_CAP(MMC_HS_52) host capability
when "cap-mmc-highspeed" is found in the devicetree. In the event an
MMC card doesn't support 52 MHz, it will be clocked at a speed based
on its EXT CSD, even on 52 MHz host controllers
Signed-off-by: Alexandru Gagniuc <mr.nuke.me@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
Tested-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
Reviewed-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@st.com>
An earlier conversion from struct to defines introduced two errors, both
related to setup of EMAC routed via the FPGA. One of the offsets was
incorrect, and the EMAC0/EMAC1 were swapped.
The effect of this was rather odd: both ports could operate at gigabit,
but one of them would fail to transmit when operating at 100Mbit.
Fixes: db5741f7a8 ("arm: socfpga: Convert system manager from struct to defines")
Signed-off-by: Ralph Siemsen <ralph.siemsen@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Ley Foon Tan <ley.foon.tan@intel.com>
Add fallback compatibility string for R-Car Gen3 and RZ/G2.
Also sorted the compatible string as per SoC ID.
Signed-off-by: Biju Das <biju.das.jz@bp.renesas.com>
Add MediaTek USB3 Dual-Role controller driver to ARM MEDIATEK,
and add myself as a maintainer for it.
Signed-off-by: Chunfeng Yun <chunfeng.yun@mediatek.com>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Enable mtu3, xhci, tphy drivers.
Device mode: enable fastboot;
Host mode: enable USB, FAT commands, and fixed regulator,
mass storage drivers;
Due to device mode is enabled by default, comment out
the host mode config here.
Signed-off-by: Chunfeng Yun <chunfeng.yun@mediatek.com>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Add an entry in usb_gadget_controller_number() for the MTU3
gadget controller. It is used to bind the USB Ethernet driver.
Signed-off-by: Chunfeng Yun <chunfeng.yun@mediatek.com>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
This patch adds support for the MediaTek USB3 DRD controller,
its host side is based on xHCI, this driver supports device mode
and host mode.
Signed-off-by: Chunfeng Yun <chunfeng.yun@mediatek.com>
Acked-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
There is only declaration of usb_speed_string(), but no definition,
so add it to avoid build error when call it.
Signed-off-by: Chunfeng Yun <chunfeng.yun@mediatek.com>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Add dt-binding for MediaTek USB3 DRD Driver which it's ported
from the Linux kernel DTS binding:
Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/mediatek,mtu3.txt
Commit ID:
34d0545978b6 ("dt-bindings: usb: mtu3: fix typo of DMA clock name")
Due to Dual-Role switch is not supported in Uboot, some properties
are removed or changed.
Signed-off-by: Chunfeng Yun <chunfeng.yun@mediatek.com>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Add bindings for common properties, include maximum-speed,
dr_mode and phy_type
Signed-off-by: Chunfeng Yun <chunfeng.yun@mediatek.com>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
In buffer DMA mode, gadget should re-configure EP 0 to received SETUP
packets when doeptsiz.xfersize is equal to a setup packet size(8 bytes)
and EP 0 is in WAIT_FOR_SETUP state.
Since EP 0 is not enabled in WAIT_FOR_SETUP state, SETUP packets is NOT
received from RxFifo and wriiten to the external memory.
Signed-off-by: Chance.Yang <chance.yang@vatics.com>
With DM enabled the ethernet code will receive a packet, call
the push method that's set by the EFI network implementation
and then free the packet. Unfortunately the push methods only
sets a flag that the packet needs to be handled, but the code
that provides the packet to an EFI application runs after the
packet has already been freed.
To rectify this issue, adjust the push method to accept the packet
and store it in a temporary buffer. The EFI application then gets
the data copied from that buffer. This way the packet is cached
until is is needed.
The DM Ethernet stack tries to receive 32 packets at once, thus
we better allocate as many buffers as the stack.
Signed-off-by: Patrick Wildt <patrick@blueri.se>
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
With a define for the magic number of packets received as batch
we can make sure that the EFI network stack caches the same amount
of packets.
Signed-off-by: Patrick Wildt <patrick@blueri.se>
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Second set of u-boot-atmel features for 2021.01 cycle:
This feature set brings the rework of the clock tree for sam9x60 SoC.
This makes the clock tree fully compatible with Common Clock Framework
and allows full clock configuration in U-Boot. This means that the
sam9x60 boards can boot now using U-Boot.
This also includes the definitions for sam9x60 SiPs and a divisor fix
for the clock on sama7g5 SoC.
Use slow clock CCF compatible DT bindings. This will not break
the above functionality as the SoC is not booting with current
PMC bindings.
Signed-off-by: Claudiu Beznea <claudiu.beznea@microchip.com>
Heap base address is computed based on SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR by
subtracting the SYS_MALLOC_F_LEN value in
board_init_f_init_reserve().
Signed-off-by: Claudiu Beznea <claudiu.beznea@microchip.com>
Done with:
./tools/moveconfig.py VIDEO_BMP_GZIP
The 3 suspicious migration because CMD_BMP and SPLASH_SCREEN
are not activated in these defconfigs:
- trats_defconfig
- s5pc210_universal_defconfig
- trats2_defconfig
Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
For levels equal to the maximum value, the duty cycle must be equal to
the period.
Signed-off-by: Dario Binacchi <dariobin@libero.it>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
The Amlogic D-PHY in the Amlogic AXG SoC Family does support a frequency
higher than 10MHz for the TX Escape Clock, thus make the target rate
configurable.
This is based on the Linux commit [1] and adapted to the U-Boot driver.
[1] a328ca7e4af3 ("drm/bridge: dw-mipi-dsi: permit configuring the escape clock rate")
Signed-off-by: Neil Armstrong <narmstrong@baylibre.com>
The timing values for dw-dsi are often dependent on the used display and
according to Philippe Cornu will most likely also depend on the used phy
technology in the soc-specific implementation.
To solve this and allow specific implementations to define them as needed
add a new get_timing callback to phy_ops and call this from the dphy_timing
function to retrieve the necessary values for the specific mode.
This is based on the Linux commit [1] and adapted to the U-Boot driver.
[1] 25ed8aeb9c39 ("drm/bridge/synopsys: dsi: driver-specific configuration of phy timings")
Signed-off-by: Neil Armstrong <narmstrong@baylibre.com>
syslog_test.h is in test/log/, not include/
Fixes: 52d3df7fef ("log: Allow LOG_DEBUG to always enable log output")
Signed-off-by: Sean Anderson <seanga2@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Now that linux/compat.h does not define these macros, we do not need to
undefine them.
Signed-off-by: Sean Anderson <seanga2@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
All users of these functions now include dm/device_compat.h directly.
Signed-off-by: Sean Anderson <seanga2@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
This driver doesn't use DM (in the correct places), so we use a device and
not a udevice. We also need to include device_compat.h
Signed-off-by: Sean Anderson <seanga2@gmail.com>
This patch enhances the Octeon TX/TX2 watchdog driver to fully enable
the WDT. With this changes, the "wdt" command is now also supported
on these platforms.
Signed-off-by: Suneel Garapati <sgarapati@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Cc: Aaron Williams <awilliams@marvell.com>
Cc: Suneel Garapati <sgarapati@marvell.com>
Cc: Chandrakala Chavva <cchavva@marvell.com>
- fsl_esdhc_imx cleanup
- not send cm13 if send_status is 0.
- Add reinit API
- Add mmc HS400 for fsl_esdhc
- Several cleanup for fsl_esdhc
- Add ADMA2 for sdhci
- Octeon TX: Add NAND driver (Suneel)
- Octeon TX: Add NIC driver driver (Suneel)
- Octeon TX2: Add NIC driver driver (Suneel)
- Armada 8040: Add iEi Puzzle-M80 board support (Luka)
- Armada A37xx SPI: Add support for CS-GPIO (George)
- Espressobin: Use Linux model/compatible strings (Andre)
- Espressobin: Add armada-3720-espressobin-emmc.dts from Linux (Andre)
- Armada A37xx: Small cleanup of config header (Pali)
Sphinx.override_domain() is deprecated since Sphinx 1.8 and removed in
Sphinx 3.
Use Sphinx.add_domain(, override=True) instead.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Set the defaults on probe for the packet buffer size registers
for the i210.
The TX/RX PBSIZE register of the i210 resets to its default value
only at power-on - see Intel Ethernet Controller I210 Datasheet rev 3.5
chapter 8.3 'Internal Packet Buffer Size Registers'.
If something (another driver, another OS, etc.) modifies this register
from its default value, the e1000 driver doesn't function correctly. It
detects a hang of the transmitter and continuously resets the adapter.
Here we set this value to its default when resetting the i210 to
resolve this issue.
Signed-off-by: Christian Gmeiner <christian.gmeiner@gmail.com>
CONFIG_IS_ENABLED() takes the kconfig name without the CONFIG_ prefix,
e.g. CONFIG_IS_ENABLED(CLK) for CONFIG_CLK. Make including the prefix
an error in checkpatch.pl so calls in the wrong format aren't
accidentally reintroduced.
Signed-off-by: Alper Nebi Yasak <alpernebiyasak@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
CONFIG_IS_ENABLED() takes the kconfig name without the CONFIG_ prefix,
e.g. CONFIG_IS_ENABLED(CLK) for CONFIG_CLK. Some of these were being
fixed every now and then, see:
commit 71ba2cb0d6 ("board: stm32mp1: correct CONFIG_IS_ENABLED usage for LED")
commit a5ada25e42 ("rockchip: clk: fix wrong CONFIG_IS_ENABLED handling")
commit 5daf6e56d3 ("common: console: Fix duplicated CONFIG in silent env callback")
commit 48bfc31b64 ("MIPS: bootm: Fix broken boot_env_legacy codepath")
Fix all files found by `git grep "CONFIG_IS_ENABLED(CONFIG"` by running
':%s/CONFIG_IS_ENABLED(CONFIG_\(\w+\))/CONFIG_IS_ENABLED(\1)/g' in vim.
Signed-off-by: Alper Nebi Yasak <alpernebiyasak@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Add the description of the global data pointer to the generated HTML
documentation.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Add the missing Sphinx documentation for struct global_data and
gd_board_type().
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Sphinx documentation is only available for enums not for #defines.
Anyway it is better to keep related definitions in an enum.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Functions that are used in multiple C modules should be defined in an
include.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Reviewed-by: Michael Walle <michael@walle.cc>
get_ticks does not always succeed. Sometimes it can be called before the
timer has been initialized. If it does, it returns a negative errno.
This causes the timer to appear non-monotonic, because the value will
become much smaller after the timer is initialized.
No users of get_ticks which I checked handle errors of this kind. Further,
functions like tick_to_time mangle the result of get_ticks, making it very
unlikely that one could check for an error without suggesting a patch such
as this one.
This patch panics if we ever get an error. There are two cases in which
this can occur. The first is if we couldn't find/probe the timer for some
reason. One reason for this is if the timer is not available so early. This
likely indicates misconfiguration. Another reason is that the timer has an
invalid/missing device tree binding. In this case, panicing is also
correct. The second case covers errors calling get_count. This can only
occur if the timer is missing a get_count function (or on RISC-V, but that
should be fixed soon).
Fixes: c8a7ba9e6a
Signed-off-by: Sean Anderson <seanga2@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
This parallels what I added for FAT in commit 6731bef696, allowing the
environment to be found in a specific partition on the device that the
board's mmc_get_env_dev() returns. On the Banana Pi R2 that means the
device that U-Boot was loaded from; either the internal eMMC or an SD
card.
Signed-off-by: David Woodhouse <dwmw2@infradead.org>
Since it's so trivial I could just about tolerate this when there were only
two copies of it. But now there are about to be three.
Signed-off-by: David Woodhouse <dwmw2@infradead.org>
The EFI_RNG_PROTOCOL is needed for address randomization in Linux.
We should provide it by default on QEMU.
Reported-by: François Ozog <francois.ozog@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
To make the button command useful in a shell script it should return the
status of the button:
* 0 (true) - pressed, on
* 1 (false) - not pressed, off
The button command takes only one argument. Correct maxargs.
Adjust the Python unit test.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Reviewed-by: Philippe Reynes <philippe.reynes@softathome.com>
For testing purposes keep the output value when switching to input.
This allows us to manipulate the input value via the gpio command.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Reviewed-by: Philippe Reynes <philippe.reynes@softathome.com>
Using different strings for the device tree node labels and the label
property of buttons sharpens the button label unit test.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Reviewed-by: Philippe Reynes <philippe.reynes@softathome.com>
To simplify configuration and keep synchronized the PStore/Ramoops between
U-Boot and the Linux kernel, this commit dynamically adds the Ramoops
parameters defined in the U-Boot session to the Device Tree.
Signed-off-by: Frédéric Danis <frederic.danis@collabora.com>
Cc: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Cc: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Cc: Wolfgang Denk <wd@denx.de>
Cc: Heiko Schocher <hs@denx.de>
Add PStore command to sandbox and sandbox64 defconfigs.
Add test checking:
- 'pstore display' of all records
- 'pstore display' only the 2nd dump record
- 'pstore save' of all records
Signed-off-by: Frédéric Danis <frederic.danis@collabora.com>
[trini: Adjust to always load files from source directory]
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Cc: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Cc: Wolfgang Denk <wd@denx.de>
Cc: Heiko Schocher <hs@denx.de>
This patch adds a new pstore command allowing to display or save ramoops
logs (oops, panic, console, ftrace and user) generated by a previous
kernel crash.
PStore parameters can be set in U-Boot configuration file, or at run-time
using "pstore set" command. Records size should be the same as the ones
used by kernel, and should be a power of 2.
This command allows:
- to display uncompressed logs
- to save compressed or uncompressed logs, compressed logs are saved as a
compressed stream, it may need some work to be able to decompress it,
e.g. adding a fake header:
"printf "\x1f\x8b\x08\x00\x00\x00\x00\x00\x00\x00" |
cat - dmesg-ramoops-0.enc.z | gzip -dc"
- ECC part is not used to check memory corruption
- only 1st FTrace log is displayed or saved
Signed-off-by: Frédéric Danis <frederic.danis@collabora.com>
[trini: Minor updates for current design, correct spacing in rST]
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Cc: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Cc: Wolfgang Denk <wd@denx.de>
Cc: Heiko Schocher <hs@denx.de>
Newer eSDHC controllers support ADMA2 descriptor tables which support
64bit DMA addresses. One notable user of addresses in the upper memory
segment is the EFI loader.
If support is enabled, but the controller doesn't support ADMA2, we
will fall back to SDMA (and thus 32 bit DMA addresses only).
Signed-off-by: Michael Walle <michael@walle.cc>
These comments are relict for old, now removed config options.
So remove these obsoleted comments too.
Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Import armada-3720-espressobin-emmc.dts from Linux, but use sdhc1 for
emmc, since our dtsi is still based on downstream and sdhc0 is used for
the sd card.
Signed-off-by: Andre Heider <a.heider@gmail.com>
Move most of the dts to the new common armada-3720-espressobin.dtsi
file, just like Linux, but keep the current, downstream based, version.
The dts itself is imported from Linux.
Signed-off-by: Andre Heider <a.heider@gmail.com>
Fix the actual board vendor and ease synching dts files from Linux.
Signed-off-by: Andre Heider <a.heider@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
The device tree has a way to specify GPIO lines as chip selects. From
the binding docs:
So if for example the controller has 2 CS lines, and the cs-gpios
property looks like this:
cs-gpios = <&gpio1 0 0> <0> <&gpio1 1 0> <&gpio1 2 0>;
Then it should be configured so that num_chipselect = 4 with the
following mapping:
cs0 : &gpio1 0 0
cs1 : native
cs2 : &gpio1 1 0
cs3 : &gpio1 2 0
Add support for this, while retaining backward-compatibility with
existing device trees; the driver will preserve existing behavior if a
cs-gpios list is not given, or if a particular line is specified as <0>
(native).
This implementation is inspired by similar implementations in
neighboring drivers for other platforms: atmega, mxc, etc.
Signed-off-by: George Hilliard <ghilliar@amazon.com>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Add support for the marvell,armada8040-puzzle-m801 compatible string
in the board/Marvell/mvebu_armada-8k/board.c file to initialize the
networking on iEi Puzzle-M801 board (2x CP1 1 Gb ports).
Signed-off-by: Luka Kovacic <luka.kovacic@sartura.hr>
Cc: Luka Perkov <luka.perkov@sartura.hr>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Add initial U-Boot support for the iEi Puzzle-M801 board based on the
Marvell Armada 88F8040 SoC.
Currently supported hardware:
1x USB 3.0
4x Gigabit Ethernet
2x SFP+ (with NXP PCA9555 and NXP PCA9544)
1x SATA 3.0
1x M.2 type B
1x RJ45 UART
1x SPI flash
1x EPSON RX8010 RTC
Signed-off-by: Luka Kovacic <luka.kovacic@sartura.hr>
Cc: Luka Perkov <luka.perkov@sartura.hr>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Adds support for Network Interface controllers found on
OcteonTX2 SoC platforms.
Signed-off-by: Suneel Garapati <sgarapati@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Cc: Joe Hershberger <joe.hershberger@ni.com>
Adds support for Network Interface controllers found on
OcteonTX SoC platforms.
Signed-off-by: Suneel Garapati <sgarapati@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Cc: Joe Hershberger <joe.hershberger@ni.com>
Adds support for NAND controllers found on OcteonTX or
OcteonTX2 SoC platforms. Also includes driver to support
Hardware ECC using BCH HW engine found on these platforms.
Signed-off-by: Aaron Williams <awilliams@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Suneel Garapati <sgarapati@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
- Fix verified boot on BE targets
- Add support for multiple required keys in verified boots
- Add support for Initialization Vectors in AES keys in FIT images
- Assorted fixes in the RSA code
Commit fdf0819afb (rsa: fix alignment issue when getting public
exponent) changed the logic to avoid doing an 8-byte access to a
possibly-not-8-byte-aligned address.
However, using rsa_convert_big_endian is wrong: That function converts
an array of big-endian (32-bit) words with the most significant word
first (aka a BE byte array) to an array of cpu-endian words with the
least significant word first. While the exponent is indeed _stored_ as
a big-endian 64-bit word (two BE words with MSW first), we want to
extract it as a cpu-endian 64 bit word. On a little-endian host,
swapping the words and byte-swapping each 32-bit word works, because
that's the same as byte-swapping the whole 64 bit word. But on a
big-endian host, the fdt32_to_cpu are no-ops, but
rsa_convert_big_endian() still does the word-swapping, breaking
verified boot.
To fix that, while still ensuring we don't do unaligned accesses, add
a little helper that first memcpy's the bytes to a local fdt64_t, then
applies fdt64_to_cpu(). [The name is chosen based on the
[bl]eXX_to_cpup in linux/byteorder/generic.h].
Fixes: fdf0819afb ("rsa: fix alignment issue when getting public exponent")
Signed-off-by: Rasmus Villemoes <rasmus.villemoes@prevas.dk>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
The algo name should match between the FIT's signature node and the
U-Boot's control FDT.
If we do not check it, U-Boot's control FDT can expect sha512 hash but
nothing will prevent to accept image with sha1 hash if the signature is correct.
Signed-off-by: Matthieu CASTET <castet.matthieu@free.fr>
This commit add the support in u-boot to read the IV
in the FIT image instead of u-boot device tree.
Signed-off-by: Philippe Reynes <philippe.reynes@softathome.com>
Binaries may be encrypted in a FIT image with AES. This
algo needs a key and an IV (Initialization Vector). The
IV is provided in a file (pointer by iv-name-hint in the
ITS file) when building the ITB file.
This commits adds provide an alternative way to manage
the IV. If the property iv-name-hint is not provided in
the ITS file, the tool mkimage will generate an random
IV and store it in the FIT image.
Signed-off-by: Philippe Reynes <philippe.reynes@softathome.com>
We assign first_deleted = 0. There is no need to check its value without
any further assignment in between.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Add documentation about 'required-mode' property in /signature node
in U-Boot's control FDT.
Signed-off-by: Thirupathaiah Annapureddy <thiruan@linux.microsoft.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
This patch adds vboot tests to verify the support for multiple
required keys using new required-mode DTB policy.
This patch also fixes existing test where dev
key is assumed to be marked as not required, although
it is marked as required.
Note that this patch re-added sign_fit_norequire().
sign_fit_norequire() was removed as part of the following:
commit b008677daf ("test: vboot: Fix pylint errors").
This patch leverages sign_fit_norequire() to fix the
existing bug.
Signed-off-by: Thirupathaiah Annapureddy <thiruan@linux.microsoft.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Currently FIT image must be signed by all required conf keys. This means
Verified Boot fails if there is a signature verification failure
using any required key in U-Boot DTB.
This patch introduces a new policy in DTB that can be set to any required
conf key. This means if verified boot passes with one of the required
keys, U-Boot will continue the OS hand off.
There were prior attempts to address this:
https://lists.denx.de/pipermail/u-boot/2019-April/366047.html
The above patch was failing "make tests".
https://lists.denx.de/pipermail/u-boot/2020-January/396629.html
Signed-off-by: Thirupathaiah Annapureddy <thiruan@linux.microsoft.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
- Minor cleanup on K3 env variables
- Fix OSPI compatible for J721e
- Drop unused property in omap-usb2-phy
- Update Maintainer for am335x-guardian board.
Currently, readl/writel and esdhc_read32/esdhc_write32 are used. To align
the usage, change to only use esdhc_read32/esdhc_write32.
Signed-off-by: Haibo Chen <haibo.chen@nxp.com>
There are other (non-SDHCI) controllers which supports ADMA2 descriptor
tables, namely the Freescale eSDHC. Instead of copying the code, move it
into an own module.
Signed-off-by: Michael Walle <michael@walle.cc>
First, we need the waterlevel setting for PIO mode only. Secondy, both DMA
setup code is identical for both directions, except for the data pointer.
Thus, unify them.
Signed-off-by: Michael Walle <michael@walle.cc>
Use the dma_{map,unmap}_single() calls. These will take care of the
flushing and invalidation of caches.
Signed-off-by: Michael Walle <michael@walle.cc>
SDMA can only do DMA with 32 bit addresses. This is true for all
architectures (just doesn't apply to 32 bit ones). Simplify the code and
remove unnecessary CONFIG_FSL_LAYERSCAPE.
Also make the error message more concise.
Signed-off-by: Michael Walle <michael@walle.cc>
This 1ms delay before sending command already exist from the beginning
of the fsl_esdhc driver added in year 2008. Now this driver has been
split for two files: fsl_esdhc.c and fsl_esdhc_imx.c. fsl_esdhc_imx.c
only for i.MX series. i.MX series esdhc/usdhc do not need this 1ms delay
before sending any command. So remove this 1ms, this will save a lot
time if handling a large mmc data.
Signed-off-by: Haibo Chen <haibo.chen@nxp.com>
According to the code logic in __mmc_switch, if the parameter 'send_status'
is zero, no need to send cmd13, just wait the stated timeout time, then
can return directly.
Signed-off-by: Haibo Chen <haibo.chen@nxp.com>
Add properties related to eMMC HS400 mode.
mmc-hs400-1_8v;
bus-width = <8>;
They had been already in kernel dts file since the first
lx2160ardb dts patch.
b068890 arm64: dts: add LX2160ARDB board support
Signed-off-by: Yangbo Lu <yangbo.lu@nxp.com>
There was a fix-up for eMMC HS400 stability issue in Linux.
Patch link:
https://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/torvalds/linux.git/
commit/?id=58d0bf843b49fa99588ac9f85178bd8dfd651b53
Description:
Currently only LX2160A eSDHC supports eMMC HS400. According to
a large number of tests, eMMC HS400 failed to work at 150MHz,
and for a few boards failed to work at 175MHz. But eMMC HS400
worked fine on 200MHz. We hadn't found the root cause but
setting eSDHC_DLLCFG0[DLL_FREQ_SEL] = 0 using slow delay chain
seemed to resovle this issue. Let's use this as fixup for now.
Introduce the fix-up in u-boot since the issue could be reproduced
in u-boot too.
Signed-off-by: Yangbo Lu <yangbo.lu@nxp.com>
Fix mmc->clock with actual clock which is divided by the
controller, and record it with priv->clock which was removed
accidentally.
Signed-off-by: Yangbo Lu <yangbo.lu@nxp.com>
The process for eMMC HS400 mode for eSDHC is,
1. Perform the Tuning Process at the HS400 target operating frequency.
Latched the clock division value.
2. if read transaction, then set the SDTIMNGCTL[FLW_CTL_BG].
3. Switch to High Speed mode and then set the card clock frequency to
a value not greater than 52Mhz
4. Clear TBCTL[TB_EN],tuning block enable bit.
5. Change to 8 bit DDR Mode
6. Switch the card to HS400 mode.
7. Set TBCTL[TB_EN], tuning block enable bit.
8. Clear SYSCTL[SDCLKEN]
9. Wait for PRSSTAT[SDSTB] to be set
10. Change the clock division to latched value.Set TBCTL[HS 400 mode]
and Set SDCLKCTL[CMD_CLK_CTRL]
11. Set SYSCTL[SDCLKEN]
12. Wait for PRSSTAT[SDSTB] to be set
13. Set DLLCFG0[DLL_ENABLE] and DLLCFG0[DLL_FREQ_SEL].
14. Wait for delay chain to lock.
15. Set TBCTL[HS400_WNDW_ADJUST]
16. Again clear SYSCTL[SDCLKEN]
17. Wait for PRSSTAT[SDSTB] to be set
18. Set ESDHCCTL[FAF]
19. Wait for ESDHCCTL[FAF] to be cleared
20. Set SYSCTL[SDCLKEN]
21. Wait for PRSSTAT[SDSTB] to be set.
Signed-off-by: Yangbo Lu <yangbo.lu@nxp.com>
Add a mmc_hs400_prepare_ddr() interface for controllers
which needs preparation before switching to DDR mode for
HS400 mode.
Signed-off-by: Yangbo Lu <yangbo.lu@nxp.com>
Some controllers may have difference between HS200 tuning
and HS400 tuning, such as different registers setting,
different procedure, or different errata.
This patch is to add a hs400_tuning flag to identify the
tuning for HS400 mode.
Signed-off-by: Yangbo Lu <yangbo.lu@nxp.com>
For DM_MMC, the controller re-initialization is needed to
clear old configuration for mmc rescan.
Signed-off-by: Yangbo Lu <yangbo.lu@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Jaehoon Chung <jh80.chung@samsung.com>
"ti,dis-chg-det-quirk" property is not part of Linux kernel DT binding
documentation. Therefore drop this and instead use soc_device_match()
to distinguish b/w AM654 SR1.0 and SR2.0 devices similar to Linux kernel
driver.
Signed-off-by: Vignesh Raghavendra <vigneshr@ti.com>
Use DEFAULT_LINUX_BOOT_ENV to define the standard addresses used in rest
of TI platforms as defined in ti_armv7_common.h
This avoids the standard pitfalls we've had with kernel images and fdt
addresses stomping on each other.
As part of this process, redefine overlayaddr to be dtboaddr (defined
in ti_armv7_common.h for this very purpose) and get rid of the
definition of overlayaddr..
Signed-off-by: Nishanth Menon <nm@ti.com>
Use dtboaddr to define the overlay address common to all TI platforms
instead of creating a new overlayaddr for the purpose.
Signed-off-by: Nishanth Menon <nm@ti.com>
Use DEFAULT_LINUX_BOOT_ENV to define the standard addresses used in rest
of TI platforms as defined in ti_armv7_common.h
This avoids the standard pitfalls we've had with kernel images and fdt
addresses stomping on each other.
As part of this process, redefine overlayaddr to be dtboaddr (defined
in ti_armv7_common.h for this very purpose).. we will get rid of
overlayaddr later in the series.
Signed-off-by: Nishanth Menon <nm@ti.com>
Reset the channel completely during channel release in order to clear
teardown bit before handing over to next user or jumping to Linux.
Signed-off-by: Vignesh Raghavendra <vigneshr@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Grygorii Strashko <grygorii.strashko@ti.com>
Update detect_enable_hyperflash() to look for "ti,am654-ospi" compatible
to match the upstream DT node.
Signed-off-by: Vignesh Raghavendra <vigneshr@ti.com>
doc/README.log was already moved to doc/develop/logging.rst but has been
recreated by an incorrect merge.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Since the previous patch, net_init now exposes some errors, so check for
them.
Signed-off-by: Sean Anderson <seanga2@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
net_init does not always succeed, and there is no existing mechanism to
discover errors. This patch allows callers of net_init (such as net_init)
to handle errors. The root issue is that eth_get_dev can fail, but
net_init_loop doesn't expose that. The ideal way to fix eth_get_dev would
be to return an error with ERR_PTR, but there are a lot of callers, and all
of them just check if it's NULL. Another approach would be to change the
signature to something like
int eth_get_dev(struct udevice **pdev)
but that would require rewriting all of the many callers.
Signed-off-by: Sean Anderson <seanga2@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
This driver interferes with other sandbox tests since it causes log output
to be interspersed with "No ethernet found." messages. Disable this driver
by default.
Enable it for the syslog tests so that they still pass.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
At present all log devices are enabled by default. Add a function to allow
devices to be disabled or enabled at runtime.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
At present there is no way to disable a log driver. But the syslog driver
causes (attempted) network traffic in sandbox every time a log message
is printed, which is often.
Add a flag to enable a log driver. Adjust struct log_device to use a short
for next_filter_num so that no more memory is used for devices. Also fix
a missing line in the struct log_driver comment while here.
To maintain compatibility, enable it for all drivers for now.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
It is sometimes useful to output hex dumps in SPL. Add a config option to
allow this.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
At present if CONFIG_LOG enabled, putting LOG_DEBUG at the top of a file
(before log.h inclusion) causes _log() to be executed for every log()
call, regardless of the build- or run-time logging level.
However there is no guarantee that the log record will actually be
displayed. If the current log level is lower than LOGL_DEBUG then it will
not be.
Add a way to signal that the log record should always be displayed and
update log_passes_filters() to handle this.
With the new behaviour, log_debug() will always log if LOG_DEBUG is
enabled.
Move log_test_syslog_nodebug() into its own file since it cannot be made
to work where it is, with LOG_DEBUG defined.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
At present MKIMAGE_DTC_PATH is in the devicetree menu but not within
'devicetree control' since it does not relate to that. As a result it
shows up in the top menu.
It actually relates to the mkimage tool, so create a new tools menu for it
and move it there.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
This relates to booting since it is the default devicetree provided to
Linux. Move it under the 'boot options' menu.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
There are a number of miscellaneous boot images at the top level of the
kconfig menu. Move these into the 'boot options' menu.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
At present the autoboot options are in cmd/Kconfig but they don't really
relate to commands. They relate to booting, so move this menu under the
boot menu.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Most of the boot options are in common/Kconfig but that file is already
extremely large. Create a new Kconfig.boot to hold the boot options.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
There are quite a few boot-related menu options at the top level. Create a
new menu to hold these and move 'Boot images' into it.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
- Move ASPEED ram driver, update.
- Exhance pinctrl/gpio support, update Kendryte K210 support
- Enhance qemu_arm64 support for a single binary to work with and
without TF-A
Generate 'u-boot-splx4.sfp' which consist of 4 SPL images required
for booting up Cyclone5/Arria10.
By default, this 'u-boot-splx4.sfp' is generated without extra
padding after each SPL image.
For Cyclone5, 'u-boot-splx4.sfp' contains:
4 x SPL(64KB) = 256KB
For Arria10, 'u-boot-splx4.sfp' contains:
4 x SPL(256KB) = 1024KB
For Cyclone5 using NAND flash image layout for 128 KB memory blocks,
user can 'make' the following target to generate 4 SPL images with
padding:
make u-boot-spl-padx4.sfp
'u-boot-spl-padx4.sfp' contains four 128KB SPL images (each 64KB SPL is
followed by 64KB of zero-padding).
4 x (SPL(64KB) + zero-padding(64KB)) = 512KB
Signed-off-by: Chee Hong Ang <chee.hong.ang@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Ley Foon Tan <ley.foon.tan@intel.com>
CONFIG_OF_EMBED was primarily enabled to support the S10/Agilex
spl hex file requirements. Since this option now produces a
warning during build, and the spl hex can be created using
alternate methods, CONFIG_OF_EMBED is no longer needed.
Signed-off-by: Chee Hong Ang <chee.hong.ang@intel.com>
Add param entry point (ep) support for Arria 10 header. User can pass in
'e' option to mkimage to set the entry point. This is an optional option.
If not specified, default is 0x14.
Signed-off-by: Ley Foon Tan <ley.foon.tan@intel.com>
Move to use generic handoff dtsi (socfpga_arria10-handoff.dtsi) and include
the specify generated _handoff.h header file from qts-filter-a10.sh script.
Signed-off-by: Ley Foon Tan <ley.foon.tan@intel.com>
Add a script to process HPS handoff data and generate a header
for inclusion in u-boot specific devicetree addons. The header
should be included in the top level of u-boot.dtsi.
Signed-off-by: Dalon Westergreen <dalon.westergreen@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Ley Foon Tan <ley.foon.tan@intel.com>
Don't invoke 'SYSTEM_RESET' PSCI function because PSCI
function calls are not supported by u-boot running in EL3.
Signed-off-by: Chee Hong Ang <chee.hong.ang@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Ley Foon Tan <ley.foon.tan@intel.com>
Resend mailbox command for 3 times with 2ms interval in between if
it receives MBOX_RESP_TIMEOUT and MBOX_RESP_DEVICE_BUSY response code.
Add a wrapper function mbox_send_cmd_common_retry() for retry, change
all the callers to use this wrapper function.
Signed-off-by: Ley Foon Tan <ley.foon.tan@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Chee Hong Ang <chee.hong.ang@intel.com>
Mailbox command which is too large to fit into the mailbox
FIFO command buffer can be sent to SDM in multiple parts.
Signed-off-by: Chee Hong Ang <chee.hong.ang@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Ley Foon Tan <ley.foon.tan@intel.com>
Mailbox driver should always check for the length of the response
and read the response data before returning the response status to
caller.
Signed-off-by: Chee Hong Ang <chee.hong.ang@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Ley Foon Tan <ley.foon.tan@intel.com>
Add miliseconds delay when waiting for mailbox event to happen
before timeout. This will ensure the timeout duration is predictive.
Signed-off-by: Chee Hong Ang <chee.hong.ang@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Ley Foon Tan <ley.foon.tan@intel.com>
Document down the usage of boot_scratch_cold register to avoid
overlapping of usage in the code for S10 & Agilex.
The boot_scratch_cold register is generally used for passing
critical system info between SPL, U-Boot and Linux.
Signed-off-by: Chin Liang See <chin.liang.see@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Siew Chin Lim <elly.siew.chin.lim@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Ley Foon Tan <ley.foon.tan@intel.com>
Enable FPGA full reconfiguration support with Intel FPGA SDM
Mailbox driver for Agilex.
Signed-off-by: Chee Hong Ang <chee.hong.ang@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Ley Foon Tan <ley.foon.tan@intel.com>
Ensure watchdog reset is not triggered if the fpga
reconfiguration is taking too long.
Signed-off-by: Chee Hong Ang <chee.hong.ang@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Ley Foon Tan <ley.foon.tan@intel.com>
Rename Stratix10 FPGA driver to Intel FPGA SDM Mailbox driver
because it is using generic SDM (Secure Device Manager) Mailbox
interface shared by other platform (e.g. Agilex) as well.
Signed-off-by: Chee Hong Ang <chee.hong.ang@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Ley Foon Tan <ley.foon.tan@intel.com>
All SoCFPGA platforms (except Cyclone V) are now switching
to CONFIG_WDT (driver model for watchdog timer drivers)
from CONFIG_HW_WATCHDOG.
Signed-off-by: Chee Hong Ang <chee.hong.ang@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Ley Foon Tan <ley.foon.tan@intel.com>
Print reset state (warm/cold) together with the
source (watchdog/MPU) which has triggered the warm
reset on S10 & Agilex.
Signed-off-by: Chee Hong Ang <chee.hong.ang@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Ley Foon Tan <ley.foon.tan@intel.com>
Include SDM triggered warm reset bit (BIT1) in Reset Manager's stat
register when checking for HPS warm reset status.
Refactor the warm reset mask macro for clarity purpose.
Signed-off-by: Chee Hong Ang <chee.hong.ang@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Ley Foon Tan <ley.foon.tan@intel.com>
Rename the driver from S10 to SoC64 because Intel Agilex platform
also using the this SYSRESET SoCFPGA driver for S10.
Signed-off-by: Chee Hong Ang <chee.hong.ang@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Ley Foon Tan <ley.foon.tan@intel.com>
In current implementation, any exception would trigger a CPU reset.
But a bad written SPL would cause infinite loop where the system
will reload the same SPL instead of loading factory safe image.
Hence this patch is to ensure any exception will cause a hang. At this
moment, watchdog shall be triggered and Remote System Update mechanism
shall load the next production image or factory safe image.
Signed-off-by: Chin Liang See <chin.liang.see@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Chee Hong Ang <chee.hong.ang@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Ley Foon Tan <ley.foon.tan@intel.com>
Timer only need to be initialized once in SPL.
This patch remove the redundancy of initializing the
timer again in U-Boot proper
Signed-off-by: Chee Hong Ang <chee.hong.ang@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Ley Foon Tan <ley.foon.tan@intel.com>
'dwmac_socfpga' driver will setup the PHY interface during probe.
PHY interface setup in arch_misc_init() is no longer needed.
Signed-off-by: Chee Hong Ang <chee.hong.ang@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Ley Foon Tan <ley.foon.tan@intel.com>
Add additional membus writes to configure main and peripheral PLL
for Agilex's clock manager.
Signed-off-by: Chee Hong Ang <chee.hong.ang@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Ley Foon Tan <ley.foon.tan@intel.com>
Since warm reset may optionally set the CLock Manager to'boot mode',
the clock driver should always force the Agilex's Clock Manager to
'boot mode' before the clock driver start configuring the Clock Manager
in SPL.
In SSBL, clock driver will skip the Clock Manager configuration
if it's already being setup by SPL (Clock Manager NOT in 'boot
mode') to prevent any inaccurate clocking issues happened on HPS
peripherals such as UART, MAC and etc.
Signed-off-by: Chee Hong Ang <chee.hong.ang@intel.com>
Some drivers probing failed if clock enable function is not supported in
clock driver. So, add clock enable function to clock driver to solve it.
Return 0 (success) for *.enable function because all clocks are enabled
by default in clock driver probe.
Signed-off-by: Ley Foon Tan <ley.foon.tan@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Chee Hong Ang <chee.hong.ang@intel.com>
Now that PIE works when U-Boot is started from ROM, let's enable
CONFIG_POSITION_INDEPENDENT, which allows to load U-Boot also via
ARM Trusted-Firmware's fip.bin to DRAM, without tweaking the
configuration.
To get a writable initial stack, we need to keep the fixed initial
stack pointer, which points to DRAM in our case.
Signed-off-by: Andre Przywara <andre.przywara@arm.com>
Reviewed-by: Stephen Warren <swarren@nvidia.com>
CONFIG_ARCH_SUPPORT_TFABOOT was used on the qemu-arm64 platform to
guard a tweak to the flash bank configuration. U-Boot now reads the
current flash setup from the devicetree, so there is no need for
this option anymore.
Signed-off-by: Andre Przywara <andre.przywara@arm.com>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Currently we hard-code the number and initial addresses of QEMU's flash
banks, even though our code is perfectly able to gather the same
information from the DTB provided by QEMU.
This is especially annoying, since we have two slightly different
U-Boot configurations ("bare-metal" vs. loaded via Arm Trusted
Firmware), which need to be selected at build time.
Drop the two hard coded alternatives, and use
CONFIG_SYS_MAX_FLASH_BANKS_DETECT instead, which relies on the DTB to
figure out the actual flash configuration at runtime.
Signed-off-by: Andre Przywara <andre.przywara@arm.com>
Currently selecting CONFIG_POSITION_INDEPENDENT also forces us to use an
initial stack pointer relative to the beginning of the BSS section.
This makes some sense, because this should be writable memory anyway.
However the BSS section is not cleared or used until later in the
setup process (after relocation), so memory nearby might not be
available early enough to host the initial stack. This is an issue if
U-Boot is loaded from (Flash-)ROM, for instance.
Allow CONFIG_INIT_SP_RELATIVE to be turned off by a board's config, to
be able to select a fixed stack pointer, for instance in known good
DRAM.
This will help QEMU utilising PIE, when it's loaded to (Flash-)ROM.
Signed-off-by: Andre Przywara <andre.przywara@arm.com>
Reviewed-by: Stephen Warren <swarren@nvidia.com>
When the actual offset between link and runtime address is zero, there
is no need for patching up U-Boot early when running with
CONFIG_POSITION_INDEPENDENT.
Skip the whole routine when the distance is 0.
This helps when U-Boot is loaded into ROM, or in otherwise sensitive
memory locations.
Signed-off-by: Andre Przywara <andre.przywara@arm.com>
Reviewed-by: Stephen Warren <swarren@nvidia.com>
When we build an arm64 target and enable POSITION_INDEPENDENT, we were
skipping our build-time dynamic relocation fixup routine (STATIC_RELA).
This was probably done because we didn't need it in this case, as the
PIE fixup routine in start.S would take care of that at runtime.
However when we now skip this routine (upon detecting that the fixup
offset is 0), this might lead to uninitialised pointers.
Remove the exception, so that we always do the build-time relocation.
NOTE: GNU binutils starting with v2.27.1 do this build-time relocation
automatically, to be in-line with other architecures. So on newer
toolchains our manual fixup is actually not needed. It doesn't hurt to
have it, though, so that we keep compatibility with the popular Linaro
toolchains, which lack this feature.
Signed-off-by: Andre Przywara <andre.przywara@arm.com>
Reviewed-by: Stephen Warren <swarren@nvidia.com>
The CONFIG_TFABOOT option is more about what U-Boot DOES NOT need to do
than to support some features.
Explain a bit more in the Kconfig help text to avoid misunderstandings.
Signed-off-by: Andre Przywara <andre.przywara@arm.com>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Most users don't need the standalone API examples. Distributions like SUSE
do not supply libgcc for cross-compiling and we cannot do without on ARMv8
for building examples/.
Make examples selectable via symbol CONFIG_EXAMPLES. It defaults to
yes on ARCH_QEMU to ensure that we compile the API as part of our
continuous integration.
Cc: Matthias Brugger <mbrugger@suse.com>
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Matthias Brugger <mbrugger@suse.com>
The timeout calculation is based on the clk being in KHz but
the clk api returns the clk value in Hz. Convert this to KHz
to calculate the correct timeout value.
Signed-off-by: Jack Mitchell <ml@embed.me.uk>
This modifies the existing led test to check for default led naming as
added in the previous patch.
Signed-off-by: Sean Anderson <seanga2@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
This more closely mirrors Linux's behaviour, and will make it easier to
transition to using function+color in the future.
Signed-off-by: Sean Anderson <seanga2@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
dm_gpio_ops.get_value can be called when the gpio is either input or
output. The current dw code always returns the input value, which is
invalid if the direction is set to out.
Signed-off-by: Sean Anderson <seanga2@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Ley Foon Tan <ley.foon.tan@intel.com>
Previously, if there was no bank-name property, it was easy to have
confusing gpio names like "gpio1@08", instead of "gpio1@0_8". This patch
follows the example of the sifive gpio driver.
Signed-off-by: Sean Anderson <seanga2@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Change the type of gpio_dwabp_platdata.base from fdt_addr_t to a void
pointer, since we pass it to readl.
Signed-off-by: Sean Anderson <seanga2@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Ley Foon Tan <ley.foon.tan@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
The Fully-Programmable Input/Output Array (FPIOA) device controls pin
multiplexing on the K210. The FPIOA can remap any supported function to any
multifunctional IO pin. It can also perform basic GPIO functions, such as
reading the current value of a pin. However, GPIO functionality remains
largely unimplemented (in favor of the dedicated GPIO peripherals).
Signed-off-by: Sean Anderson <seanga2@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
This extends the pinctrl-sandbox driver to support pin muxing, and adds a
test for that behaviour. The test is done in C and not python (like the
existing tests for the pinctrl uclass) because it needs to call
pinctrl_select_state. Another option could be to add a command that
invokes pinctrl_select_state and then test everything in
test/py/tests/test_pinmux.py.
The pinctrl-sandbox driver now mimics the way that many pinmux devices
work. There are two groups of pins which are muxed together, as well as
four pins which are muxed individually. I have tried to test all normal
paths. However, very few error cases are explicitly checked for.
Signed-off-by: Sean Anderson <seanga2@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
This normalizes the documentation to conform to kernel-doc style [1]. It
also moves the documentation for pinctrl_ops inline, and adds argument and
return-value documentation. I have kept the usual function style for these
comments. I could not find any existing examples of function documentation
inside structs.
[1] https://www.kernel.org/doc/html/latest/doc-guide/kernel-doc.html
Signed-off-by: Sean Anderson <seanga2@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
The pinmux property allows for smaller and more compact device trees,
especially when there are many pins which need to be assigned individually.
Instead of specifying an array of strings to be parsed as pins and a
function property, the pinmux property contains an array of integers
representing pinmux groups. A pinmux group consists of the pin identifier
and mux settings represented as a single integer or an array of integers.
Each individual pin controller driver specifies the exact format of a
pinmux group. As specified in the Linux documentation, a pinmux group may
be multiple integers long. However, no existing drivers use multi-integer
pinmux groups, so I have chosen to omit this feature. This makes the
implementation easier, since there is no need to allocate a buffer to do
endian conversions.
Support for the pinmux property is done differently than in Linux. As far
as I can tell, inversion of control is used when implementing support for
the pins and groups properties to avoid allocating. This results in some
duplication of effort; every property in a config node is parsed once for
each pin in that node. This is not such an overhead with pins and groups
properties, since having multiple pins in one config node does not occur
especially often. However, the semantics of the pinmux property make such a
configuration much more appealing. A future patch could parse all config
properties at once and store them in an array. This would make it easier to
create drivers which do not function solely as callbacks from
pinctrl-generic.
This commit increases the size of the sandbox build by approximately 48
bytes. However, it also decreases the size of the K210 device tree by 2
KiB from the previous version of this series.
The documentation has been updated from the last Linux commit before it was
split off into yaml files.
Signed-off-by: Sean Anderson <seanga2@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
the aspeed ddr sdram controller needs to know if the memory chip mounted on
the board is dual x8 die or not. Or it may get the wrong size of the
memory space.
Signed-off-by: Dylan Hung <dylan_hung@aspeedtech.com>
Reviewed-by: Ryan Chen <ryan_chen@aspeedtech.com>
to improve the maintainability. It is more easier to modify and add
configurations of the driver in the centralized ram driver directory.
Signed-off-by: Dylan Hung <dylan_hung@aspeedtech.com>
Reviewed-by: Ryan Chen <ryan_chen@aspeedtech.com>
The cfi-flash driver uses an open-coded version of the generic
algorithm to decode and translate multiple frames of a "reg" property.
This starts off the wrong foot by using the address-cells and size-cells
properties of *this* very node, and not of the parent. This somewhat
happened to work back when we were using a wrong default size of 2,
but broke about a year ago with commit 0ba41ce1b7 ("libfdt: return
correct value if #size-cells property is not present").
Instead of fixing the reinvented wheel, just use the generic function
that does all of this properly.
This fixes U-Boot on QEMU (-arm64), which was crashing due to decoding
a wrong flash base address:
DRAM: 1 GiB
Flash: "Synchronous Abort" handler, esr 0x96000044
elr: 00000000000211dc lr : 00000000000211b0 (reloc)
elr: 000000007ff5e1dc lr : 000000007ff5e1b0
x0 : 00000000000000f0 x1 : 000000007ff5e1d8
x2 : 000000007edfbc48 x3 : 0000000000000000
x4 : 0000000000000000 x5 : 00000000000000f0
x6 : 000000007edfbc2c x7 : 0000000000000000
x8 : 000000007ffd8d70 x9 : 000000000000000c
x10: 0400000000000003 x11: 0000000000000055
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
Signed-off-by: Andre Przywara <andre.przywara@arm.com>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
When possible use DMA for reading from CFI flash, this provides upto 5x
improvement in read performance with high speed CFI compliant flashes
like HyperFlash.
Code will gracefully fallback to CPU copy when DMA is unavailable.
Signed-off-by: Vignesh Raghavendra <vigneshr@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Caller would need gracefully handle failures of dma_get_device(),
therefore reduce pr_err() to pr_debug() when DMA device is not found.
Signed-off-by: Vignesh Raghavendra <vigneshr@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Octeon needs a platform specific cmd to boot the Linux kernel, as
specific parameters need to be passed and special handling for the
multiple cores (SMP) is needed.
Co-developed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Signed-off-by: Aaron Williams <awilliams@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
[use gd->ram_base instead of gd->bd->bi_memstart]
Signed-off-by: Daniel Schwierzeck <daniel.schwierzeck@gmail.com>
This is needed for Linux booting, as the memory infos need to be passed
in this bootmem format to the Linux kernel.
Signed-off-by: Aaron Williams <awilliams@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Add header to handle bootinfo support, needed for Octeon Linux kernel
booting.
Signed-off-by: Aaron Williams <awilliams@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
This header includes the Octeon feature detection used in many Octeon
drivers.
Signed-off-by: Aaron Williams <awilliams@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
This header includes common register defines and accessor functions.
Signed-off-by: Aaron Williams <awilliams@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
This patch adds the necessary lowlevel init code, to enable SMP Linux
booting. This code will be used with the platform specific Octeon Linux
boot command "bootoctlinux", which starts a configurable number of cores
into Linux.
Additionally some erratas and lowlevel register initializations are
copied from the original Cavium / Marvell U-Boot source code, enabling
booting into the Linux kernel.
Signed-off-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
As noticed while working on the USB xHCI support, Octeon needs to flush
all pending writes so that the values are present in the memory. Add
this "syncw" instruction (twice) to flush_dcache_range().
Signed-off-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Import platform specific mangle-port.h header, allowing a area specific
swapping, which is needed on Octeon for USB & PCI areas.
Imported from Linux v5.7.
Signed-off-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Import octeon_should_swizzle_table[] which is needed for the area
specific swapping. It will be used by the platform specific
mangle-port.h header.
Imported from Linux v5.7.
Signed-off-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
This patch adds the glue layer for the MIPS Octeon SoCs. It's ported
mainly from the Linux code.
Signed-off-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Cc: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Cc: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Octeon uses mapped addresses for virtual and physical memory. It's not
that easy to calculate the resulting addresses here. So let's remove
this BUG_ON() completely, as it's not really helpful.
Please also note, that BUG_ON() is not recommended any more in the Linux
kernel.
Signed-off-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Cc: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Cc: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
On MIPS platforms, mapping of the base address is needed. This patch
switches from dev_get_addr() to dev_remap_addr() to get the mapped base
address of the xHCI controller.
Signed-off-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Cc: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Cc: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
This patch adds the board specific configuration (struct) for the
Octeon 3 EBB7304 EVK. This struct is ported from the 2013er Cavium /
Marvell U-Boot repository. Also, the Octeon RAM driver is enabled in
the board defconfig for its usage.
Tested with one and two DIMMs on the EBB7304 EVK (8 & 16 GiB).
Signed-off-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
This patch adds the initialization call for the Octeon RAM driver to
the Octeon platforms code. So if enabled via Kconfig, the DDR driver
will be called and the RAM will be configured and used. If the RAM
driver is not enabled, the L2 cache is still used as RAM.
Signed-off-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
This Octeon 3 DDR driver is ported from the 2013 Cavium / Marvell U-Boot
repository. It currently supports DDR4 on Octeon 3. It can be later
extended to support also DDR3 and Octeon 2 platforms.
Part 3 includes the DIMM SPD handling code and the Kconfig / Makefile
integration.
Signed-off-by: Aaron Williams <awilliams@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
This Octeon 3 DDR driver is ported from the 2013 Cavium / Marvell U-Boot
repository. It currently supports DDR4 on Octeon 3. It can be later
extended to support also DDR3 and Octeon 2 platforms.
Part 2 includes the very complex Octeon 3 DDR4 configuration
Signed-off-by: Aaron Williams <awilliams@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
This Octeon 3 DDR driver is ported from the 2013 Cavium / Marvell U-Boot
repository. It currently supports DDR4 on Octeon 3. It can be later
extended to support also DDR3 and Octeon 2 platforms.
Part 1 adds the base U-Boot RAM driver, which will be instantiated by
the DT based probing.
Signed-off-by: Aaron Williams <awilliams@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
This header will be used by the DDR driver (lmc). Its ported from the
2013 Cavium / Marvell U-Boot repository.
Signed-off-by: Aaron Williams <awilliams@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
This header will be used by the DDR driver (lmc). Its ported from the
2013 Cavium / Marvell U-Boot repository.
Signed-off-by: Aaron Williams <awilliams@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
This header is used by the upcoming DDR driver and potentially by other
drivers ported from the 2013 Cavium / Marvell U-Boot repository.
Signed-off-by: Aaron Williams <awilliams@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
This patch adds the memory controller (LMC) DT node to the Octeon 3 dtsi
file. It also adds the L2C DT node, as this is referenced by the DDR
driver.
Signed-off-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
When using SDL for input the SDL key codes are first converted to Linux key
codes and then to matrix entries of the cross wired keyboard.
We must not map any key code to two different places on the keyboard. So
comment out one backslash position.
Update the rest of the file from Linux 5.7.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
The result of fdt_node_offset_by_phandle is negative for error,
so this patch corrects the check of this result in
fdtdec_parse_phandle_with_args.
This patch allows to have the same behavior with or without OF_LIVE
for the function dev_read_phandle_with_args with cell_name = NULL and
with invalid phandle.
Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
The cell_count argument is required when cells_name is NULL.
This patch adds this parameter in live tree API
- of_count_phandle_with_args
- ofnode_count_phandle_with_args
- dev_count_phandle_with_args
This parameter solves issue when these API is used to count
the number of element of a cell without cell name. This parameter
allow to force the size cell.
For example:
count = dev_count_phandle_with_args(dev, "array", NULL, 3);
Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Update the test for node.of_offset because an invalid offset is not
always set to -1 because the return value of the libfdt functions are:
+ an error with a value < 0
+ a valid offset with value >=0
For example, in ofnode_get_by_phandle() function, we have:
node.of_offset = fdt_node_offset_by_phandle(gd->fdt_blob, phandle);
and this function can return -FDT_ERR_BADPHANDLE (-6).
Without this patch, the added test dm_test_ofnode_get_by_phandle failed.
Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Include missing log.h and change _ofnode_to_np() to ofnode_to_np() so
that compiling with OF_CHECKS enabled does not break.
Signed-off-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Cc: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Some blobs need a larger alignment than the default. For example, ACPI
tables often start at a 4KB boundary. Add support for this.
Update the size of the test blob to allow these larger records.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
The intention which bloblists is that each blob's data is aligned in
memory. At present it is only the headers that are aligned.
Update the code to correct this and add a little more documentation.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
When running these tests on sandbox any failures result in very large or
long pointer values which are a pain to work with. Map them to an address
so it is easier to diagnose failures.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
It is helpful to be able to see basic statistics about the bloblist and
also to list its contents. Add a 'bloblist' command to handle this.
Put the display functions in the bloblist modules rather than in the
command code itself. That allows showing a list from SPL, where commands
are not available.
Also make bloblist_first/next_blob() static as they are not used outside
this file.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reformat the command line options chapter so that the command line options
clearly stand out.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Pull request for UEFI sub-system for efi-2021-01-rc1
The following bugs in the UEFI system are resolved:
* illegal free in EFI_LOAD_FILE2_PROTOCOL implementation
* incorrect documentation of EFI_LOAD_FILE2_PROTOCOL implementation
* output of CRC32 as decimal instead hexadecimal in unit test
* use EfiReservedMemoryType for no-map reserved memory
* avoid unnecessary resets in UEFI unit tests
* call EFI bootmgr even without having /EFI/boot
- generate unique mac address from SoC serial on S400 board
- Add USB support for GXL and AXG SoCs
- Update Gadget code to use the new GXL and AXG USB glue driver
- Add a VIM3 board support to add dynamic PCIe enable in OS DT
- Fix AXG pinmux with requesting GPIOs
- Add missing GPIOA_18 for AXG pinctrl
- Add Amlogic PWM driver
The device tree may contain a /reserved-memory node. The no-map property
of the sub-nodes signals if the memory may be accessed by the UEFI payload
or not.
In the EBBR specification (https://github.com/arm-software/ebbr) the
modeling of the reserved memory has been clarified.
If a reserved memory node in the device tree has the no-map property map,
create a EfiReservedMemoryType memory map entry else use
EfiBootServicesData.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
CONFIG_EFI_GRUB_ARM32 is only needed for architectures with caches that are
not managed via CP15 (or for some outdated buggy versions of GRUB). It
makes more sense to disable the setting per architecture than per defconfig.
Move QEMU's CONFIG_EFI_GRUB_ARM32_WORKAROUND=n from defconfig to Kconfig.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Currently, the EFI bootmgr is only called if there is a EFI binary
inside the path for removable media is found, i.e. /EFI/boot/. This
doesn't make sense. It is the duty of the bootmgr to find out the
path and name of the EFI binary to boot. It should be called even
if there is no /EFI/boot directory.
Thus, call the bootmgr before we try to boot the EFI binary inside
the removable media path.
Also remove the ${fdtcontroladdr} parameter because the fallback is
handled in cmd/bootefi.c and that already takes care of correct settings
if the board has ACPI and thus no device tree at all.
Signed-off-by: Michael Walle <michael@walle.cc>
Reviewed-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
When we do not execute a test requiring ExitBootServices do not reset the
system after testing.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Print the CRC32 loaded via the EFI_LOAD_FILE2_PROTOCOL as a hexadecimal
number.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Reviewed-by: Ilias Apalodimas <ilias.apalodimas@linaro.org>
strsep() changes the address that its first argument points to.
We cannot use the changed address as argument of free().
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Reviewed-by: Ilias Apalodimas <ilias.apalodimas@linaro.org>
U-Boot offers a EFI_LOAD_FILE2_PROTOCOL which the Linux EFI stub can use to
load an initial RAM disk. Update the function comments of the
implementation.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Reviewed-by: Ilias Apalodimas <ilias.apalodimas@linaro.org>
This adds the driver for the PWM controller found in the Amlogic SoCs.
This PWM is only a set of Gates, Dividers and Counters:
PWM output is achieved by calculating a clock that permits calculating
two periods (low and high). The counter then has to be set to switch after
N cycles for the first half period.
The hardware has no "polarity" setting. This driver reverses the period
cycles (the low length is inverted with the high length) for
PWM_POLARITY_INVERSED.
Disabling the PWM stops the output immediately (without waiting for the
current period to complete first).
Signed-off-by: Neil Armstrong <narmstrong@baylibre.com>
The AXG pmx driver gpio request offset needs the pin base to have the
correct pin number.
Signed-off-by: Neil Armstrong <narmstrong@baylibre.com>
Reviewed-by: Mark Kettenis <kettenis@openbsd.org>
The VIM3 on-board MCU can mux the PCIe/USB3.0 shared differential
lines using a FUSB340TMX USB 3.1 SuperSpeed Data Switch between
an USB3.0 Type A connector and a M.2 Key M slot.
The PHY driving these differential lines is shared between
the USB3.0 controller and the PCIe Controller, thus only
a single controller can use it.
This adds this dynamic switching right before booting Linux
and the configuration steps in the boards documentation.
Signed-off-by: Neil Armstrong <narmstrong@baylibre.com>
Reviewed-by: Kevin Hilman <khilman@baylibre.com>
Tested-by: Kevin Hilman <khilman@baylibre.com>
[narmstrong: fixed warning by replacing min() by min_t()]
Add the correcly architectured USB Glue node for Meson AXG and the
S400 board in -u-boot.dtsi until support in upstream Linux then
backported.
Signed-off-by: Neil Armstrong <narmstrong@baylibre.com>
Add the board_usb_init()/cleanup() for USB gadget for AXG based
on the code for the G12A architecture.
Signed-off-by: Neil Armstrong <narmstrong@baylibre.com>
The registers which are managed by the meson-gxl-usb3 PHY driver are
actually "USB control" registers (which are "glue" registers which
manage OTG detection and routing of the OTG capable port between the
DWC2 peripheral-only controller and the DWC3 host-only controller).
Drop the meson-gxl-usb3 PHY driver now that the dwc3-meson-gxl-usb
driver supports the USB control registers on GXL and GXM SoCs (these
were previously managed by the meson-gxl-usb3 PHY driver).
Signed-off-by: Neil Armstrong <narmstrong@baylibre.com>
The USB support was initialy done with a set of PHYs and dwc3-of-simple
because the architecture of the USB complex was not understood correctly
at the time (and proper documentation was missing...).
But with the G12A family, the USB complex was correctly understood and
implemented correctly.
This adds a proper driver for the glue, based on the G12A one, but with
enough changes to require a different driver in U-Boot.
Signed-off-by: Neil Armstrong <narmstrong@baylibre.com>
This imports the AXG, GXL & GXM SoC and boards DT changes from the Linux
commit b3a9e3b9622a ("Linux 5.8-rc1").
This change also removes GXL & GXM u-boot.dtsi hacks for USB gadget.
Signed-off-by: Neil Armstrong <narmstrong@baylibre.com>
First set of u-boot-atmel features for 2021.01 cycle:
This feature set includes a new CPU driver for at91 family, new driver
for PIT64B hardware timer, support for new at91 family SoC named sama7g5
which adds: clock support, including conversion of the clock tree to
CCF; SoC support in mach-at91, pinctrl and mmc drivers update. The
feature set also includes updates for mmc driver and some other minor
fixes and features regarding building without the old Atmel PIT and the
possibility to read a secondary MAC address from a second i2c EEPROM.
Currently, the return value of dev_read_u32_default is stored in an u32,
causing the subsequent "if (function < 0)" to always be false:
u32 function;
...
function = dev_read_u32_default(config, "brcm,function", -1);
if (function < 0) {
debug("Failed reading function for pinconfig %s (%d)\n",
config->name, function);
return -EINVAL;
}
Make "function" variable an int to fix this.
Cc: Matthias Brugger <mbrugger@suse.com>
Signed-off-by: Ovidiu Panait <ovidiu.panait@windriver.com>
Signed-off-by: Matthias Brugger <mbrugger@suse.com>
Factor out reading IP base address to ofdata_to_platdata function, which
is designed for this purpose. Also, drop the dev->priv NULL check, since
this is already done by the dm core when allocating space using
priv_auto_alloc_size feature. (in drivers/core/device.c ->
device_ofdata_to_platdata).
Cc: Matthias Brugger <mbrugger@suse.com>
Signed-off-by: Ovidiu Panait <ovidiu.panait@windriver.com>
Signed-off-by: Matthias Brugger <mbrugger@suse.com>
Use ofnode_ or dev_ APIs instead of fdt_ and fdtdec_ APIs so that the
driver can support live DT.
Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
Reviewed-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@st.com>
Use ofnode_ or dev_ APIs instead of fdt_ and fdtdec_ APIs so that the
driver can support live DT.
Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Yannick Fertré <yannick.fertre@st.com>
Use ofnode_ or dev_ APIs instead of fdt_ and fdtdec_ APIs so that the
driver can support live DT.
Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
Reviewed-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@st.com>
Add test on the size of ofnode_phandle_args result to avoid access
to uninitialized elements in args[] field.
This patch avoids the issue when gpio-ranges cell size is not 3 as
expected, for example:
gpio-ranges = <&pinctrl 0>;
instead of
gpio-ranges = <&pinctrl 0 112 16>;
Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
Reviewed-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@st.com>
Move the variables definition at the beggining of the function
gpio_stm32_probe().
Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
Reviewed-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@st.com>
DT alignment with Linux kernel v5.9-rc4 for the STM32MP15x soc
device tree files and the STMicroelectronics boards device tree files.
Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
Reviewed-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@st.com>
According to doc/README.distro fdt_addr must not be set when DTB is not
available from hardware. So remove this entry.
Use address 32MB above the start of DRAM for kernel_addr_r. This way
we likely can avoid the self-relocation of the compressed kernel image
before it decompresses to offset 0x8000 from start of DRAM.
Use address 128MB above the start of DRAM for fdt_addr_r, since this is
the maximum location for the end of the kernel. So we avoid overwriting
the DTB.
Use 512k above that for ramdisk_addr_r. This should be enough for the
DTB, rest of DRAM can be used for initrd.
Place boot script / extlinux.conf at offset 0 / 1MB from start of DRAM.
This space is available for processing in U-Boot.
Signed-off-by: Soeren Moch <smoch@web.de>
Reviewed-by: Fabio Estevam <festevam@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
The u-boot,dm-spl DT props are missing on AV96, hence the pinmux and
flash0 nodes are not included in the reduced SPL DT. This prevents
SPI NOR boot from working at all. Fix this by filling them in.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Cc: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
Cc: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@st.com>
Reviewed-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@st.com>
Reviewed-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
Upon further discussion on the mailing list, we should not get in the
situation where the generic code path to set ethaddr/etc correctly does
not work. Revert this until someone can further debug the smc911x
driver regarding this issue.
This reverts commit 387cbf096e.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
The R8A774A1 is compatible with the generic rcar-gen3-xhci controller.
This patch adds the compatibility flag, to support the xHCI controller.
Signed-off-by: Lad Prabhakar <prabhakar.mahadev-lad.rj@bp.renesas.com>
Reviewed-by: Biju Das <biju.das.jz@bp.renesas.com>
Use macros with parameter to fill ep_info2, then some macros
for MASK and SHIFT can be removed
Signed-off-by: Chunfeng Yun <chunfeng.yun@mediatek.com>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
For normal TRB fields:
use TRB_LEN(x) instead of ((x) & TRB_LEN_MASK);
and use TRB_INTR_TARGET(x) instead of
(((x) & TRB_INTR_TARGET_MASK) << TRB_INTR_TARGET_SHIFT)
Signed-off-by: Chunfeng Yun <chunfeng.yun@mediatek.com>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
There some vendor quirks for MTK xHCI 0.96 host controller:
1. It defines some extra SW scheduling parameters for HW
to minimize the scheduling effort for synchronous and
interrupt endpoints. The parameters are put into reserved
DWs of slot context and endpoint context.
2. Its TDS in Normal TRB defines a number of packets that
remains to be transferred for a TD after processing all
Max packets in all previous TRBs.
Signed-off-by: Chunfeng Yun <chunfeng.yun@mediatek.com>
Tested-by: Frank Wunderlich <frank-w@public-files.de>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
xhci versions 1.0 and later report the untransferred data remaining in a
TD a bit differently than older hosts.
We used to have separate functions for these, and needed to check host
version before calling the right function.
Now Mediatek host has an additional quirk on how it uses the TD Size
field for remaining data. To prevent yet another function for calculating
remainder we instead want to make one quirk friendly unified function.
Porting from the Linux:
c840d6ce772d("xhci: create one unified function to calculate TRB TD remainder.")
124c39371114("xhci: use boolean to indicate last trb in td remainder calculation")
Signed-off-by: Chunfeng Yun <chunfeng.yun@mediatek.com>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
The patches changing the compatible strings to the ones used by Linux have
not been merged yet, so fix the checks to use the current in-tree ones.
Reported-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: Andre Heider <a.heider@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
Some Espressobin boards got assigned more than one MAC address. Update
instructions how to correctly store and preserve all MAC addresses.
Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
Reviewed-by: Andre Heider <a.heider@gmail.com>
commit 7c8f821e5d ("i2c: rcar_i2c: Set the slave address from
rcar_i2c_xfer") blindly called rcar_i2c_set_addr() with read argument
always set to 1 during xfer which introduced read/write errors, whereas
earlier rcar_i2c_read_common() called rcar_i2c_set_addr() with read set to
1 and rcar_i2c_write_common() called rcar_i2c_set_addr() with read set 0.
Fixes: 7c8f821e5d ("i2c: rcar_i2c: Set the slave address from rcar_i2c_xfer")
Signed-off-by: Lad Prabhakar <prabhakar.mahadev-lad.rj@bp.renesas.com>
Reviewed-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Heiko Schocher <hs@denx.de>
This commits update the support of sntp to use
the framework udp. This change allows to remove
all the reference to sntp in the main network
file net/net.c.
Signed-off-by: Philippe Reynes <philippe.reynes@softathome.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
This commit adds a generic udp protocol framework in the
network loop. So protocol based on udp may be implemented
without modifying the network loop (for example custom
wait magic packet).
Signed-off-by: Philippe Reynes <philippe.reynes@softathome.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Use ofnode_ or dev_ APIs instead of fdt_ and fdtdec_ APIs so that the
driver can support live DT.
Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
Add support for stingray PAXB PHY controller driver.
This driver supports maximum 8 PAXB phys using pipemux data.
Signed-off-by: Srinath Mannam <srinath.mannam@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Rayagonda Kokatanur <rayagonda.kokatanur@broadcom.com>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
When load the last block, the "len" might not be a block size. This cause
loading the incorrect last block data.
The fix change "len" to tftp_block_size and minus one tftp_block_size
for offset calculation.
Use same offset calculation formula as in store_block().
Signed-off-by: Ley Foon Tan <ley.foon.tan@intel.com>
Reviewed-By: Ramon Fried <rfried.dev@gmail.com>
tftp_cur_block start with 1 for first block, but tftp_cur_block counter is
start with zero when block number is rollover. The existing code
"tftp_cur_block - 1" will cause the block number become -1 in store_block()
when tftp_cur_block is 0 when tftp_cur_block is rollover.
The fix pass in tftp_cur_block to store_block() and minus the
tftp_block_size when do the offset calculation.
Signed-off-by: Ley Foon Tan <ley.foon.tan@intel.com>
Reviewed-By: Ramon Fried <rfried.dev@gmail.com>
Fixes missing update to tftp_prev_block counter before increase
tftp_cur_block counter when do the tftpput operation.
tftp_prev_block counter is used in update_block_number() function to
check whether block number (sequence number) is rollover. This bug
cause the tftpput command fail to upload a large file when block
number is greater than 16-bit (0xFFFF).
Signed-off-by: Ley Foon Tan <ley.foon.tan@intel.com>
Reviewed-By: Ramon Fried <rfried.dev@gmail.com>
The ethernet controller can read the MAC from EEPROM and display it,
but if ethaddr is not set, the ethernet is still unavailable.
This patch checks will automatically set the MAC address if it has
not already been set.
Signed-off-by: Adam Ford <aford173@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Joe Hershberger <joe.hershberger@ni.com>
ftgmac100 driver is using hard-coded PHY interface address of zero.
Each board can have different PHY interface address (phy_addr).
This commit modifies the driver to make use of board specific address
by leveraging CONFIG_PHY_ADDR.
Signed-off-by: Thirupathaiah Annapureddy <thiruan@linux.microsoft.com>
Reviewed-by: Cédric Le Goater <clg@kaod.org>
The Linux kernel does set the clock delays to
- 0.2 ns (their default, and lowest, hardware value) if delays should
not be enabled
- 2.0 ns (which causes the data to be sampled at exactly half way between
clock transitions at 1000 Mbps) if delays should be enabled
depending on the interface mode
See https://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/torvalds/linux.git/tree/drivers/net/phy/mscc/mscc_main.c#n523
So instead of using arbitrary delay values like now, mimic this behaviour.
The behaviour is the same for all of vsc8530/8531/8540/8541 so move that
to a shared function while at it.
Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com>
Reviewed-by: Philipp Tomsich <philipp.tomsich@theobroma-systems.com>
Add tests for SCMI reset controllers. A test device driver
sandbox-scmi_devices.c is used to get reset resources, allowing further
resets manipulation.
Change sandbox-smci_agent to emulate 1 reset controller exposed through
an agent. Add DM test scmi_resets to test this reset controller.
Signed-off-by: Etienne Carriere <etienne.carriere@linaro.org>
Cc: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Cc: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
Cc: Sudeep Holla <sudeep.holla@arm.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
This change introduces a reset controller driver for SCMI agent devices.
When SCMI agent and SCMI reset domain drivers are enabled, SCMI agent
binds a reset controller device for each SCMI reset domain protocol
devices enabled in the FDT.
SCMI reset driver is embedded upon CONFIG_RESET_SCMI=y. If enabled,
CONFIG_SCMI_AGENT is also enabled.
SCMI Reset Domain protocol is defined in the SCMI specification [1].
Links: [1] https://developer.arm.com/architectures/system-architectures/software-standards/scmi
Signed-off-by: Etienne Carriere <etienne.carriere@linaro.org>
Cc: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Cc: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
Cc: Sudeep Holla <sudeep.holla@arm.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Add tests for SCMI clocks. A test device driver sandbox-scmi_devices.c
is used to get clock resources, allowing further clock manipulation.
Change sandbox-smci_agent to emulate 3 clocks exposed through 2 agents.
Add DM test scmi_clocks to test these 3 clocks.
Update DM test sandbox_scmi_agent with load/remove test sequences
factorized by {load|remove}_sandbox_scmi_test_devices() helper functions.
Signed-off-by: Etienne Carriere <etienne.carriere@linaro.org>
Cc: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Cc: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
Cc: Sudeep Holla <sudeep.holla@arm.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
This change implements a SMCCC transport for SCMI exchanges. This
implementation follows the Linux kernel as references implementation
for SCMI message processing, using the SMT format for communication
channel meta-data.
Use of SMCCC transport in SCMI FDT bindings are defined in the Linux
kernel DT bindings since v5.8. SMCCC with SMT is implemented in OP-TEE
from tag 3.9.0 [2].
Links: [2] https://github.com/OP-TEE/optee_os/commit/a58c4d706d23
Signed-off-by: Etienne Carriere <etienne.carriere@linaro.org>
Cc: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Cc: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
Cc: Sudeep Holla <sudeep.holla@arm.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
This change implements a mailbox transport using SMT format for SCMI
exchanges. This implementation follows the Linux kernel and
SCP-firmware [1] as references implementation for SCMI message
processing using SMT format for communication channel meta-data.
Use of mailboxes in SCMI FDT bindings are defined in the Linux kernel
DT bindings since v4.17.
Links: [1] https://github.com/ARM-software/SCP-firmware
Signed-off-by: Etienne Carriere <etienne.carriere@linaro.org>
Cc: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Cc: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
Cc: Sudeep Holla <sudeep.holla@arm.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
This change introduces SCMI agent uclass to interact with a firmware
using the SCMI protocols [1].
SCMI agent uclass currently supports a single method to request
processing of the SCMI message by an identified server. A SCMI message
is made of a byte payload associated to a protocol ID and a message ID,
all defined by the SCMI specification [1]. On return from process_msg()
method, the caller gets the service response.
SCMI agent uclass defines a post bind generic sequence for all devices.
The sequence binds all the SCMI protocols listed in the FDT for that
SCMI agent device. Currently none, but later change will introduce
protocols.
This change implements a simple sandbox device for the SCMI agent uclass.
The sandbox nicely answers SCMI_NOT_SUPPORTED to SCMI messages.
To prepare for further test support, the sandbox exposes a architecture
function for test application to read the sandbox emulated devices state.
Currently supports 2 SCMI agents, identified by an ID in the FDT device
name. The simplistic DM test does nothing yet.
SCMI agent uclass is designed for platforms that embed a SCMI server in
a firmware hosted somewhere, for example in a companion co-processor or
in the secure world of the executing processor. SCMI protocols allow an
SCMI agent to discover and access external resources as clock, reset
controllers and more. SCMI agent and server communicate following the
SCMI specification [1]. This SCMI agent implementation complies with
the DT bindings defined in the Linux kernel source tree regarding
SCMI agent description since v5.8.
Links: [1] https://developer.arm.com/architectures/system-architectures/software-standards/scmi
Signed-off-by: Etienne Carriere <etienne.carriere@linaro.org>
Cc: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Cc: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
Cc: Sudeep Holla <sudeep.holla@arm.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
The tests rely on a dummy driver to allocate and initialize the regmaps
and the regmap fields using the managed API. The first test checks if
the regmap config fields like width, reg_offset_shift, range specifiers,
etc work. The second test checks if regmap fields behave properly (mask
and shift are ok) by peeking into the regmap.
Signed-off-by: Jean-Jacques Hiblot <jjhiblot@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Pratyush Yadav <p.yadav@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
When more nodes are added for a uclass the index might go into two or
more digits. This means that there are less spaces printed because they
are used up by the extra digits. Update the regular expression to allow
variable-length spacing between the class name and and index.
This was discovered when adding a simple_bus node in test.dts made
test_bind_unbind_with_uclass() fail because the index went up to 10.
Signed-off-by: Pratyush Yadav <p.yadav@ti.com>
A regmap field is an abstraction available in Linux. It provides to access
bitfields in a regmap without having to worry about shifts and masks.
Signed-off-by: Jean-Jacques Hiblot <jjhiblot@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: Pratyush Yadav <p.yadav@ti.com>
Some devices need to calculate the regmap base address at runtime. This
makes it impossible to use device tree to get the regmap base. Instead,
allow devices to specify it in the regmap config. This will create a
regmap with a single range that corresponds to the start and size given
by the driver.
Signed-off-by: Pratyush Yadav <p.yadav@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Right now, the base of a regmap can only be obtained from the device
tree. This makes it impossible for devices which calculate the base at
runtime to use a regmap. An example of such a device is the Cadence
Sierra PHY.
Allow creating a regmap with one range whose start and size can be
specified by the driver based on calculations at runtime.
Signed-off-by: Pratyush Yadav <p.yadav@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Drivers can configure it to adjust the final read/write location.
Signed-off-by: Pratyush Yadav <p.yadav@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Right now, regmap_read() and regmap_write() read/write a 32-bit value
only. To write other lengths, regmap_raw_read() and regmap_raw_write()
need to be used.
This means that any driver ported from Linux that relies on
regmap_{read,write}() to know the size already has to be updated at each
callsite. This makes the port harder to maintain.
So, allow specifying the read/write width to make it easier to port the
drivers, since now the only change needed is when initializing the
regmap.
Signed-off-by: Pratyush Yadav <p.yadav@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Some fields will be introduced in the regmap structure that should be
set to 0 by default. So, once we allocate a regmap, make sure it is
zeroed out to avoid unexpected defaults for those values.
Signed-off-by: Pratyush Yadav <p.yadav@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Most of new linux drivers are using managed-API to allocate resources. To
ease porting drivers from linux to U-Boot, introduce devm_regmap_init() as
a managed API to get a regmap from the device tree.
Signed-off-by: Jean-Jacques Hiblot <jjhiblot@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: Pratyush Yadav <p.yadav@ti.com>
Add a test to verify that GPIOs can be acquired/released using the managed
API. Also check that the GPIOs are released when the consumer device is
removed.
Signed-off-by: Jean-Jacques Hiblot <jjhiblot@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: Pratyush Yadav <p.yadav@ti.com>
Add managed functions to get a gpio from the devce-tree, based on a
property name (minus the '-gpios' suffix) and optionally an index.
When the device is unbound, the GPIO is automatically released and the
data structure is freed.
Signed-off-by: Jean-Jacques Hiblot <jjhiblot@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: Pratyush Yadav <p.yadav@ti.com>
The tests are basically the same as for the regular API. Except that
the reset are initialized using the managed API, and no freed manually.
Signed-off-by: Jean-Jacques Hiblot <jjhiblot@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: Pratyush Yadav <p.yadav@ti.com>
Add managed functions to get a reset_ctl from the device-tree, based on a
name or an index.
Also add a managed functions to get a reset_ctl_bulk (array of reset_ctl)
from the device-tree.
When the device is unbound, the reset controllers are automatically
released and the data structure is freed.
Signed-off-by: Jean-Jacques Hiblot <jjhiblot@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: Pratyush Yadav <p.yadav@ti.com>
Move call to optee_copy_fdt_nodes() introduced by commit 6ccb05eae0
before generic changes in kernel FDT so that platform specific changes
are not overridden by the changes made by this function.
Fixes: 6ccb05eae0 ("image: fdt: copy possible optee nodes to a loaded devicetree")
Signed-off-by: Etienne Carriere <etienne.carriere@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
- Disable CMD_IRQ for RISC-V.
- Update sipeed/maix doc
- Obtain reg of SiFive RAM via dev_read_addr_index() instead of regmap API.
- Cleans up RISC-V timer drivers and converts them to DM.
- Correctly handle IPIs already pending upon prior stage bootloader (on the K210)
This adorns messages generated by dev_xxx with the device and driver
names. It also redirects dev_xxx to log when it is available. The names
of these functions very roughly take inspiration from Linux, but there is
no deeper correlation.
Both struct udevice and struct device are supported when logging, though
logging with struct device is no better than using log_xxx. The latter is
supported because of the large amount of existing code which logs with
struct device.
Signed-off-by: Sean Anderson <seanga2@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
This driver does not use DM, so we need to use a struct device instead of a
struct udevice. Not ideal, but it'll have to do for now.
Signed-off-by: Sean Anderson <seanga2@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
This can conflict with asm/io.h on some archs, and it isn't needed to build
dwc3-generic.c
Signed-off-by: Sean Anderson <seanga2@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
This logs with the device from struct dwc3. Some files also need to include
dm.h so fields in udevice can be accessed.
Signed-off-by: Sean Anderson <seanga2@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
This adds a dev argument to some functions so dev_xxx always has a device
to log with. In one instance we must use use a different log function when
we are compiled without DM_USB.
Signed-off-by: Sean Anderson <seanga2@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@st.com>
Reviewed-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
Tested-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
ep0.c also need to include dm.h so dev_xxx can access udevice fields.
Signed-off-by: Sean Anderson <seanga2@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
Usually we can get a device from the current core, but some dev_dbg calls
have been converted to debug, since we are called on a cluster.
Signed-off-by: Sean Anderson <seanga2@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
This function is never used anywhere, and it also tries to log with a
nonexistant device.
Signed-off-by: Sean Anderson <seanga2@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
Without DM_ETH, cpsw_priv.dev is an eth_device. Just use its name instead.
Signed-off-by: Sean Anderson <seanga2@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
netdev_xxx evaluates to printf in U-Boot, so there is no extra info
printed. mvpp2 one of only two drivers which use these functions in U-Boot.
Convert these functions to dev_xxx where possible (and to log_xxx where
not).
Signed-off-by: Sean Anderson <seanga2@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Tested-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
netdev_xxx evaluates to printf in U-Boot, so there is no extra info
printed. mvneta is one of two drivers which use these functions in U-Boot.
Convert these functions to dev_xxx where possible (and to log_xxx where
not).
Signed-off-by: Sean Anderson <seanga2@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Tested-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
The name of the device we are working on is `ethdev` and not just `dev`.
Signed-off-by: Sean Anderson <seanga2@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
This member was presumably dropped when this driver was converted from
Linux. However, it is still used in log statements during initialization.
This patch adds the member back. In addition, allocation of struct
vf610_nfc has been moved to the callers of vf610_nfc_nand_init. This allows
it to be allocated by DM (if it is being used) and for dev to be
initialized.
Signed-off-by: Sean Anderson <seanga2@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
There are too many levels of indirection when calling dev_err. This is an
artifact of the conversion of brcmnand_host.pdev from a struct
platform_device (which has a member `dev` pointing to a struct device) to
struct udevice.
Signed-off-by: Sean Anderson <seanga2@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
This adds a udevice parameter to get_best_delay and msdc_set_mclk so they
can call dev_err properly.
Signed-off-by: Sean Anderson <seanga2@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Tested-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
Get it from spinand->slave->dev. Another option would be to use
spinand_to_mtd(spinand)->dev, but this is what the existing code uses.
Signed-off-by: Sean Anderson <seanga2@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Tested-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
This fixes dev_xxx() not always being called with a device. In
spi_nor_reg_read, a the slave device may not always be available, so we use
bus and cs instead.
Signed-off-by: Sean Anderson <seanga2@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
This header is needed so struct udevice can be used in dev_xxx().
Signed-off-by: Sean Anderson <seanga2@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
Usually the device is gotten from sunxi_nfc. This is a struct device and
not a struct udevice, but the whole driver seems to be written wihout DM
anyway...
In a few instances, this patch modifies functions to take an nfc to log
with. In once instance we use mtd_info's device since there is no nfc.
Signed-off-by: Sean Anderson <seanga2@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
Use the device from any mtd already available, or from the active mtd via
pxa3xx_nand_info if one is not.
Signed-off-by: Sean Anderson <seanga2@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
This converts calls to dev_err to get the device from ti_sci_info where
appropriate.
Signed-off-by: Sean Anderson <seanga2@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Nishanth Menon <nm@ti.com>
Tested-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
This ensures constructs like `if (gd & gd->...) { ... }` work when
accessing the global data pointer. Without this change, it was possible for
a very early trap to cause _exit_trap to directly or indirectly (through
printf) to read arbitrary memory. This could cause a second trap,
preventing show_regs from being printed.
printf (and specifically puts) uses gd to determine what function to print
with. These functions in turn use gd to find the serial device, etc.
However, before accessing gd, puts first checks to see if it is non-NULL.
This indicates an existing (perhaps undocumented) assumption that either gd
is NULL or it is completely valid.
Before this patch, gd either points to unexpected data (because it retains
the value it did from the prior-stage) or points to uninitialized data
(because it has not yet been initialized by board_init_f_init_reserve)
until the hart has acquired available_harts_lock. This can cause two
problems, depending on the value of gd->flags. If GD_FLG_SERIAL_READY is
unset, then some garbage data will be printed to stdout, but there will not
be a second trap. However, if GD_FLG_SERIAL_READY is set, then puts will
try to print with serial_puts, which will likely cause a second trap.
After this patch, gd is zero up until either a hart has set it in
wait_for_gd_init, or until it is set by arch_init_gd. This prevents its
usage before its data is initialized because both handle_trap and puts
ensure that gd is nonzero before using it. After gd has been set, it is OK
to access it because its data has been cleared (and so flags is valid).
XIP cannot use locks because flash is not writable. This leaves it
vulnerable to the same class of bugs regarding already-pending IPIs as
before this series. Fixing that would require finding another method of
synchronization, which is outside the scope of this series.
Fixes: 7c6ca03eae ("riscv: additional crash information")
Signed-off-by: Sean Anderson <seanga2@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bin.meng@windriver.com>
Reviewed-by: Rick Chen <rick@andestech.com>
We can reduce the number of instructions needed to use available_harts_lock
by using the aq and rl suffixes for AMOs.
Signed-off-by: Sean Anderson <seanga2@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bin.meng@windriver.com>
Reviewed-by: Rick Chen <rick@andestech.com>
Even though we no longer call smp_function if an IPI was not sent by
U-Boot, we still need to clear any IPIs which were pending from the
execution environment. Otherwise, secondary harts will busy-wait in
secondary_hart_loop, instead of relaxing.
Along with the previous commit ("riscv: Use a valid bit to ignore
already-pending IPIs"), this fixes SMP booting on the Kendryte K210.
Signed-off-by: Sean Anderson <seanga2@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bin.meng@windriver.com>
Reviewed-by: Rick Chen <rick@andestech.com>
Some IPIs may already be pending when U-Boot is started. This could be a
problem if a secondary hart tries to handle an IPI before the boot hart has
initialized the IPI device.
To be specific, the Kendryte K210 ROM-based bootloader does not clear IPIs
before passing control to U-Boot. Without this patch, the secondary hart
jumps to address 0x0 as soon as it enters secondary_hart_loop, and then
hangs in its trap handler.
This commit introduces a valid bit so secondary harts know when and IPI
originates from U-Boot, and it is safe to use the IPI API. The valid bit is
initialized to 0 by board_init_f_init_reserve. Before this, secondary harts
wait in wait_for_gd_init.
Signed-off-by: Sean Anderson <seanga2@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bin.meng@windriver.com>
Reviewed-by: Rick Chen <rick@andestech.com>
Reviewed-by: Leo Liang <ycliang@andestech.com>
Without a matching barrier on the write side, the barrier in handle_ipi
does nothing. It was entirely possible for the boot hart to write to addr,
arg0, and arg1 *after* sending the IPI, because there was no barrier on the
sending side.
Fixes: 90ae281437 ("riscv: add option to wait for ack from secondary harts in smp functions")
Signed-off-by: Sean Anderson <seanga2@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bin.meng@windriver.com>
Reviewed-by: Rick Chen <rick@andestech.com>
Reviewed-by: Leo Liang <ycliang@andestech.com>
Clearing MIP.MSIP is not guaranteed to do anything by the spec. In
addition, most existing RISC-V hardware does nothing when this bit is set.
The following commits "riscv: Use a valid bit to ignore already-pending
IPIs" and "riscv: Clear pending IPIs on initialization" should implement
the original intent of the reverted commit in a more robust manner.
This reverts commit 9472630337.
Signed-off-by: Sean Anderson <seanga2@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bin.meng@windriver.com>
Reviewed-by: Rick Chen <rick@andestech.com>
We currently do this in a u-boot specific dts, but hopefully we can get
these bindings added in Linux in the future.
Signed-off-by: Sean Anderson <seanga2@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Pragnesh Patel <pragnesh.patel@openfive.com>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bin.meng@windriver.com>
The interrupt controller property is removed from the clint binding because
the clint is not an interrupt-controller. That is, no other devices have an
interrupt which is controlled by the clint.
Signed-off-by: Sean Anderson <seanga2@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bin.meng@windriver.com>
Another "virtual" clock (in the sense that it isn't configurable). This
could possibly be done as a clock in the device tree, but I think this is a
bit cleaner.
Signed-off-by: Sean Anderson <seanga2@gmail.com>
This converts the clint driver from the riscv-specific interface to be a
DM-based UCLASS_TIMER driver. In addition, the SiFive DDR driver previously
implicitly depended on the CLINT to select REGMAP.
Unlike Andes's PLMT/PLIC (which AFAIK never have anything pass it a dtb),
the SiFive CLINT is part of the device tree passed in by qemu. This device
tree doesn't have a clocks or clock-frequency property on clint, so we need
to fall back on the timebase-frequency property. Perhaps in the future we
can get a clock-frequency property added to the qemu dtb.
Unlike with the Andes PLMT, the Sifive CLINT is also an IPI controller.
RISCV_SYSCON_CLINT is retained for this purpose.
Signed-off-by: Sean Anderson <seanga2@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Pragnesh Patel <pragnesh.patel@openfive.com>
This merges the PLIC initialization code from two functions into one.
Signed-off-by: Sean Anderson <seanga2@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bin.meng@windriver.com>
This converts the PLMT driver from the riscv-specific timer interface to be
a DM-based UCLASS_TIMER driver.
The clock-frequency/clocks properties are preferred over timebase-frequency
for two reasons. First, properties which affect a device should be located
near its binding in the device tree. Using timebase-frequency only really
makes sense when the cpu itself is the timer device. This is the case when
we read the time from a CSR, but not when there is a separate device.
Second, it lets the device use the clock subsystem which adds flexibility.
If the device is configured for a different clock speed, the timer can
adjust itself.
Signed-off-by: Sean Anderson <seanga2@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Rick Chen <rick@andestech.com>
To test this function, sandbox CPU must set cpu_platdata.timebase_freq on
bind. It also needs to expose a method to set the current cpu. I also make
some most members of cpu_sandbox_ops static.
On the timer side, the device tree property
sandbox,timebase-frequency-fallback controls whether sandbox_timer_probe
falls back to time_timebase_fallback or to SANDBOX_TIMER_RATE.
Signed-off-by: Sean Anderson <seanga2@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
This function is designed to be used when a timer used to be initialized by
the cpu (e.g. RISC-V timers), but now is initialized by dm_timer_init. In
such a case, the timer may prefer to use the clocks and clock-frequency
properties, but should be able to fall back on using the cpu's
timebase-frequency.
Signed-off-by: Sean Anderson <seanga2@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bin.meng@windriver.com>
Reviewed-by: Rick Chen <rick@andestech.com>
The riscv-timer driver currently serves as a shim for several riscv timer
drivers. This is not too desirable because it bypasses the usual timer
selection via the driver model. There is no easy way to specify an
alternate timing driver, or have the tick rate depend on the cpu's
configured frequency. The timer drivers also do not have device structs,
and so have to rely on storing parameters in gd_t. Lastly, there is no
initialization call, so driver init is done in the same function which
reads the time. This can result in confusing error messages. To a user, it
looks like the driver failed when trying to read the time, whereas it may
have failed while initializing.
This patch removes the shim functionality from the riscv-timer driver, and
has it instead implement the former rdtime.c timer driver. This is because
existing u-boot users who pass in a device tree (e.g. qemu) do not create a
timer device for S-mode u-boot. The existing behavior of creating the
riscv-timer device in the riscv cpu driver must be kept. The actual reading
of the CSRs has been redone in the style of Linux's get_cycles64.
Signed-off-by: Sean Anderson <seanga2@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bin.meng@windriver.com>
Reviewed-by: Rick Chen <rick@andestech.com>
The usage of regmap API in the SiFive RAM driver is not correct.
The reg address should be obtained via dev_read_addr_index() API.
Signed-off-by: Bin Meng <bin.meng@windriver.com>
In the boot flow description add the RESET and BOOT button as well as the
function of the DTR and RTS lines of the serial interface.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
We should check if the incoming parameter file_mapping is not NULL instead
of checking after adding an offset.
Reported-by: Coverity CID 307210
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Acked-by: Thomas Petazzoni <thomas.petazzoni@bootlin.com>
Fix a typo
%s/interract/interact/
Use Samsung's capitalization of their trademarks
%s/onenand/OneNAND/
%s/Hyperflash/HyperFlash/
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
[trini: Add other Hyperflash cases as noted by Stefan]
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
The 44758771ee commit removes CONFIG_PREBOOT but actually sets the USE_PREBOOT
Kconfig option which isn't CONFIG_PREBOOT and is also a bool option which means
we regress because 'usb start' isn't run when expected, it should also be run
for devices that have USB storage because keyboards aren't the only thing we
might need the USB bus for.
Fixes: 44758771ee ("arm: move CONFIG_PREBOOT="usb start" to KConfig")
Signed-off-by: Peter Robinson <pbrobinson@gmail.com>
Cc: Jonas Smedegaard <dr@jones.dk>
Cc: Neil Armstrong <narmstrong@baylibre.com>
Pull request for UEFI sub-system for efi-2020-10-rc6
The following UEFI related issues are fixed:
* restore the global data pointer in the RISC-V trap handler
* install EFI_RNG_PROTOCOL only if we have a random number generator
* display human readable string for EFI_RNG_PROTOCOL in efidebug command
Add support for Microchip PIT64B timer. The timer is 64 bit length and
is used as a free running counter (in continuous mode with highest values
for period registers). The clock feeding the timer would be no more
than 12.5MHz.
Signed-off-by: Claudiu Beznea <claudiu.beznea@microchip.com>
The gp register is used to store U-Boot's global data pointer. We should
not assume that an UEFI application leaves the gp register unchanged as
the UEFI specifications does not define who is the owner of the gp and tp
registers.
So the following sequence should be followed in the trap handler:
* save the caller's gp register
* restore the global data pointer
* serve interrupts or print crash dump and reset
* restore the caller's gp register
Cc: Abner Chang <abner.chang@hpe.com>
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bin.meng@windriver.com>
Reviewed-by: Rick Chen <rick@andestech.com>
This fixes HWRNG support on Amlogic GXL, GXM, G12A, G12B & SM1
based boards dues to the lack of the core clock in the device tree.
It was reported breaking EFI boot in the Linux EFI stub, because the
EFI_RNG_PROTOCOL didn't check for the RNG device presence before
installing itself.
The Linux amlogic,meson-rng.yaml doesn't mandate the core clock,
this the clock should be ignores if not present.
Nevertheless, the clock should be present and this should be fixed
on the Linux meson-gxl.dtsi & meson-g12-common.dtsi then synced
with U-Boot.
The change has been tested on a Khadas VIM3, which uses the common
meson-g12-common.dtsi like the Odroid-C4 & Odroid-N2 in Scott's
report, along with the RNG cmd.
Cc: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Reported-by: Scott K Logan <logans@cottsay.net>
Fixes: bc40eb278b ("drivers/rng: add Amlogic hardware RNG driver")
Signed-off-by: Neil Armstrong <narmstrong@baylibre.com>
Tested-by: Scott K Logan <logans@cottsay.net>
Signed-off-by: Neil Armstrong <narmstrong@baylibre.com>
Having an EFI_RNG_PROTOCOL without a backing RNG device leads to failure
to boot Linux 5.8.
Only install the EFI_RNG_PROTOCOL if we have a RNG device.
Reported-by: Scott K Logan <logans@cottsay.net>
Cc: Neil Armstrong <narmstrong@baylibre.com>
Cc: Ard Biesheuvel <ardb@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Add the Random Number Generator (RNG) protocol to the GUIDs that the
'efidebug dh' protocol can replace by a text.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Renesas Ebisu board is based on R-Car E3 SoC which has dual CA53 and
a CR7.
This patch drops check for cputype from reset_cpu() and also drops the
corresponding CA57 macros. While at it also dropped RST_RSTOUTCR macro
which is unused.
Signed-off-by: Lad Prabhakar <prabhakar.mahadev-lad.rj@bp.renesas.com>
Reviewed-by: Biju Das <biju.das.jz@bp.renesas.com>
The micrel phy driver is already configuring this values from
device tree. So remove the redundant phy configuration call from
this driver.
Signed-off-by: Biju Das <biju.das.jz@bp.renesas.com>
Reviewed-by: Lad Prabhakar <prabhakar.mahadev-lad.rj@bp.renesas.com>
Renesas Draak board based on R-Car D3 has single CA53.
This patch drops check for cputype from reset_cpu() and also drops the
corresponding CA57 macros. While at it also dropped RST_RSTOUTCR macro
which is unused.
Signed-off-by: Biju Das <biju.das.jz@bp.renesas.com>
Reviewed-by: Lad Prabhakar <prabhakar.mahadev-lad.rj@bp.renesas.com>
Use "imply" instead of "select" for BOARD_EARLY_INIT_F config option,
and then disable it on boards which don't need it.
Updated grpeach_defconfig to disable CONFIG_BOARD_EARLY_INIT_F option for
RZA1.
Signed-off-by: Biju Das <biju.das.jz@bp.renesas.com>
Reviewed-by: Lad Prabhakar <prabhakar.mahadev-lad.rj@bp.renesas.com>
R8A774A1 is part of Renesas RZ/G2 series and not R-Car, reflect the same
for PINCTRL_PFC_R8A774A1 help description
Alongside, sort the PINCTRL_PFC_R8A774A1 config option as per increasing
number of the SoC.
Signed-off-by: Biju Das <biju.das.jz@bp.renesas.com>
Reviewed-by: Lad Prabhakar <prabhakar.mahadev-lad.rj@bp.renesas.com>
Enable the fitImage update options on RCar Gen3 boards.
This permits easy update of multiple bootloader components.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@gmail.com>
Cc: Nobuhiro Iwamatsu <iwamatsu@nigauri.org>
Enable the RPC Hyperflash driver on R8A7795,R8A7796,R8A77965
Salvator-X,ULCB and R8A77990 Ebisu. Note that to make the HF
accessible, mainline ATF is mandatory and must be built with
RCAR_RPC_HYPERFLASH_LOCKED=0 . Note that this is intended for
development and testing convenience only and must be disabled
in deployment for platform security reasons.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@gmail.com>
Cc: Nobuhiro Iwamatsu <iwamatsu@nigauri.org>
- Enhance the 'zboot' command to be more like 'bootm' with sub-commands
- The last series of ACPI core changes for programmatic generation of
ACPI tables
- Add all required ACPI tables for ApolloLake and enable ACPIGEN on
Chromebook Coral
- A feature minor enhancements to the 'hob' command
- Intel edison: Support for writing an xFSTK image via binman
Call mmc_of_parse at probe time to fetch all the host properties
from the DT.
Signed-off-by: Eugen Hristev <eugen.hristev@microchip.com>
Reviewed-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
The second clock of the IP block (the generic clock), must be explicitly
enabled.
Signed-off-by: Eugen Hristev <eugen.hristev@microchip.com>
Reviewed-by: Peng Fan <pengfan@nxp.com>
clk_set_rate will return rate in case of success and zero in case of
error, however it can also return -ev, but it's an ulong function.
To avoid any issues, disregard the return value of this call.
In case this call actually fails, nothing much we can do anyway, but we
can at least try with the previous values (or DT assigned-clocks)
Signed-off-by: Eugen Hristev <eugen.hristev@microchip.com>
It is useful to be able to flash Edison directly without relying on the
installed U-Boot being functional.
Add a binman image for this. It includes a 'OSIP' header (which happens to
look like an MBR / (Master-Boot Record), U-Boot binary and an environment.
I am not able to find a specification for OSIP.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Andy Shevchenko <andriy.shevchenko@linux.intel.com>
In some cases it is useful to include a U-Boot environment region in an
image. This allows the board to start up with an environment ready to go.
Add a new entry type for this. The input is a text file containing the
environment entries, one per line, in the format:
var=value
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Acked-by: Andy Shevchenko <andriy.shevchenko@linux.intel.com>
The recent support for missing external binaries does not show an error
message when a file is genuinely missing (i.e. it is missing but not
marked as 'external'). This means that when -m is passed to binman, it
will never report a missing file.
Fix this and add a test.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Acked-by: Andy Shevchenko <andriy.shevchenko@linux.intel.com>
We already use binman's 'multiple-images' feature with Chrome OS and we
want to use it for Edison. There is no real down-side.
Adjust x86 to always use multiple-images.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Acked-by: Andy Shevchenko <andriy.shevchenko@linux.intel.com>
At present the 'bdinfo' command shows the framebuffer address, but not the
address of the copy framebuffer, if present. Add support for this.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
At present the mtrr command only support 8 MTRRs. Some SoCs have more than
that. Update the implementation to support up to 10. Read the number of
MTRRs dynamically instead.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Some HOBs include information that can be decoded. Add a -v option to the
hob command, to allow this to be displayed. Add the ability to decode a
resource descriptor.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
GUIDs are one of the seven evils of the computer world. They obfuscate the
meaning and require people to look up long hex strings to decode it.
Luckily only a miniscule fraction of the 10^38 possible GUIDs are in use.
Add a way to decode the GUIDs known to U-Boot. Add a few more to the list
for good measure.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
The 'hob' command currently lists all HOB entries. Add way to list a
single entry, by index.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Enable new features and provide require device-tree config so that U-Boot
produces the correct ACPI tables on Coral.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
At present linux/bitops.h is included in ACPI code. This is not needed and
can cause a problem in fls64.h since BITS_PER_LONG is not defined. Move
the #include into the part not used by ACPI.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Some boards want to reserve extra regions of memory. Add a 'chosen'
property to support this.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
A few fields have an open-coded length. Use the defines for this purpose
instead.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
At present this function only supports FSP-M but it is also used to read
FSP-S, in which case FSP-M may be zero. Add support for showing whichever
address is present in the FSP binary.
Also change the debug() statements to log_debug() while here.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
If locating the FSP header hangs for whatever reason it is useful to see
where it got stuck. Add a debug print. Also show the address of the FSP-S
entry point as a sanity check.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Add files describing the various audio configurations supported on coral.
These are passed to Linux in the ACPI tables.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
This file doesn't currently have a log category. Add one so that items
are logged correctly.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
This provides information about a v1 TPM in the system. Generate this
table if the TPM is present.
Add a required new bloblist type and correct the header order of one
header file.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
This file cannot currently be included in ASL files. Add a header guard
to permit this.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
This is currently in the wrong place, so including the file in the device
tree fails. Fix it.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Send this notification when U-Boot is about to boot into Linux, as
requested by the FSP.
Currently this causes a crash with the APL FSP, so leave it disabled for
now.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
At present the MTRR registers are programmed with the list the U-Boot
builds up in the same order. In some cases this list may be out of order.
It looks better in Linux to have the registers in order, so sort them,
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
This new method is intended to be called when UEFI shuts down the 'boot
services', i.e. any lingering code in the boot loader that might be used
by the OS.
Add a definition for this new method and update the comments a little.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
We don't have CONFIG_PCI in TPL but it is present in SPL, etc. So this
code is not needed. Drop it, and fix a code-style nit just above.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Support generating a DMAR table and add a few helper routines as well.
Also set up NHLT so that audio works.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Add support for generating various ACPI tables for Apollo Lake. Add a few
S3 definitions that are needed.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Allow this header to be included in ASL files by adding a header guard and
a few definitions that are needed.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Apollo Lake needs to generate a few more table types used on Intel SoCs.
Add support for these into the x86 ACPI code.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
These are needed for the CPU tables. Add them into an x86-specific file
since we do not support them on sandbox, or include tests.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Add an implementation of the DBG2 (Debug Port Table 2) ACPI table.
Adjust one of the header includes to be in the correct order, before
adding more.
Note that the DBG2 table is generic but the PCI UART is x86-specific at
present since it assumes an ns16550 UART. It can be generalised later
if necessary.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Add an implementation of the HPET (High Precision Event Timer) ACPI
table. Since this is x86-specific, put it in an x86-specific file
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Add some more definitions to the iomap. These will be used by
ACPI-generation code as well as the device tree.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Add SCI and power-state definitions required by ACPI tables. Fix the
license to match the original source file.
Als update the guard on acpi_pmc.h to avoid an error when buiding ASL.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
U-Boot does not support SMM (System Management Mode) at present, but needs
a few definitions to correctly set up the ACPI table. Add these.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Intel WiFi chips can use a common routine to write the information needed
by linux. Add an implementation of this.
Enable it for coral.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Some devices can wake the system from sleep, e.g opening the lid on a
clamshell or moving a USB mouse.
Add a wake to specify this for USB devices and add the settings for Apollo
Lake.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Many I2C devices produce roughly the same ACPI data with just things like
the GPIO/interrupt information being different.
This can be handled by a generic driver along with some information in the
device tree.
Add a generic i2c driver for this purpose.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Heiko Schocher <hs@denx.de>
The extra ACPI code increases U-Boot above it current size limit. Move
the start earlier to provide space.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Add a function to generate ACPI code for a _DSM method for a device.
This includes functions for starting and ending each part of the _DSM.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
[bmeng: fix the "new blank line at EOF" git warning]
Signed-off-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
A 'Power Resource for Wake' list the resources a device depends on for
wake. Add a function to generate this.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
This device has a large set of ACPI tables. Bring these in from coreboot
so that full functionality is available (apart from SMI).
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Expand this to 4KB so that it is possible to add custom information to it.
On Chromebooks this is used to pass verified-boot information.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
At present U-Boot puts a magic number in the ASL for the GNVS table and
searches for it later.
Add a Kconfig option to use a different approach, where the ASL files
declare the table as an external symbol. U-Boot can then put it wherever
it likes, without any magic numbers or searching.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Add the definition of this structure common to Intel devices. It includes
some optional Chrome OS pieces which are used when vboot is integrated.
Drop the APL version as it is basically the same.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
This value is incorrect and causes problems booting Linux. Fix it.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Recent versions of Chrome OS do not have a kernel in the root disk, to
save space.
With the improvements to the 'zboot' command it is fairly easy to load
the kernel from the raw partition. Add instructions on how to do this.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Wolfgang Wallner <wolfgang.wallner@br-automation.com>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
When booting Chrome OS images the command line is stored separately
from the kernel. Add a way to specify this address so that images boot
correctly.
Also add comments to the zimage.h header.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Wolfgang Wallner <wolfgang.wallner@br-automation.com>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
[bmeng: adjust maxargs to 8 for 'zboot start']
Signed-off-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
There is a lot of information in the setup block and it is quite hard to
decode manually. Add a 'zboot dump' command to decode it into a
human-readable format.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Wolfgang Wallner <wolfgang.wallner@br-automation.com>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
At present the setup block is always obtained from the image
automatically. In some cases it can be useful to use a setup block
obtained elsewhere, e.g. if the image has already been unpacked. Add an
argument to support this and update the logic to use it if provided.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Wolfgang Wallner <wolfgang.wallner@br-automation.com>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
[bmeng: adjust maxargs to 7 for 'zboot start']
Signed-off-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
At present it is not possible to tell from a script where the setup block
is, or where the image was loaded to. Add environment variables for this.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Wolfgang Wallner <wolfgang.wallner@br-automation.com>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Add a subcommand that loads the kernel into the right places in memory.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
[bmeng: adjust ZBOOT_STATE_INFO value to match the command order]
Signed-off-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Add a little subcommand that prints out where the kernel was loaded and
its setup pointer. Run it by default in the normal boot.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Wolfgang Wallner <wolfgang.wallner@br-automation.com>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Split out the code that actually boots linux into a separate sub-command.
Add base_ptr to the state to support this.
Show an error if the boot fails, since this should not happen.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Wolfgang Wallner <wolfgang.wallner@br-automation.com>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Add subcommands to zboot. At present there is only one called 'start'
which does the whole boot. It is the default command so is optional.
Change the 's' string variable to const while we are here.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Wolfgang Wallner <wolfgang.wallner@br-automation.com>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
[bmeng: reduce maxargs to 6 of 'zboot start' subcommand]
Signed-off-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
At present if an error occurs while setting up the boot, interrupts are
left disabled. Move this call later in the sequence to avoid this problem.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Wolfgang Wallner <wolfgang.wallner@br-automation.com>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
At present U-Boot sets a loader type of 8 which means LILO version 8,
according to the spec. Update it to 0x80, which means U-Boot with no
particular version.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Wolfgang Wallner <wolfgang.wallner@br-automation.com>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
To help reduce the size and complexity of load_zimage(), move the code
that reads the kernel version into a separate function. Update
get_boot_protocol() to allow printing the 'Magic signature' message only
once, under control of its callers.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Wolfgang Wallner <wolfgang.wallner@br-automation.com>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
At present the 'zboot' command does everything in one go. It would be
better if it supported sub-commands like bootm, so it is possible to
examine what will be booted before actually booting it.
In preparation for this, move the 'state' of the command into a struct.
This will allow it to be shared among multiple functions in this file.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Wolfgang Wallner <wolfgang.wallner@br-automation.com>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
This header is missing a few of the newer features from the specification.
Add these as well as a link to the spec. Also use the BIT() macros where
appropriate.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Wolfgang Wallner <wolfgang.wallner@br-automation.com>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
LX2160A rev2 uses different PCIe controller, so EP mode DT
nodes also need to be fixed up.
Signed-off-by: Hou Zhiqiang <Zhiqiang.Hou@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Priyanka Jain <priyanka.jain@nxp.com>
CONFIG_DM_SPI_FLASH is only supported now with passing of driver
conversion deadline from non-DM to DM model. Hence, it's safe to remove
non-DM code check from pfe_spi_flash_init.
Also use CONFIG_ENV_SPI_MODE and CONFIG_ENV_SPI_MAX_HZ instead of
reading reading values from DT.
Signed-off-by: Kuldeep Singh <kuldeep.singh@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Priyanka Jain <priyanka.jain@nxp.com>
Fix Coverity issue: RESOURCE_LEAK.
leaked_storage: Variable addr going out of scope leaks the storage it
points to.
Fixes: e0152dbed6 ("net: pfe_eth: Use spi_flash_read API to access
flash memory")
Signed-off-by: Kuldeep Singh <kuldeep.singh@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Priyanka Jain <priyanka.jain@nxp.com>
All the 10G ports that were working in XFI mode were described as
using XGMII (as PHY_INTERFACE_MODE_XFI was not added at the time).
Add the minimal changes required for the FMan code to support XFI.
Signed-off-by: Madalin Bucur <madalin.bucur@oss.nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Priyanka Jain <priyanka.jain@nxp.com>
PFE DDR addresses are now stored on to a stack varaiable rather
dynamic allocation.
Signed-off-by: Chaitanya Sakinam <chaitanya.sakinam@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Priyanka Jain <priyanka.jain@nxp.com>
The next DPMAC was always verified if it is enabled. In case of
DPMAC@6, the DPMAC@7 is verified. As DPMAC@7 is disabled, DPMAC@6 will
be considered disabled and not detected by uboot.
Signed-off-by: Grigore Popescu <grigore.popescu@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Ioana Ciornei <ioana.ciornei@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Priyanka Jain <priyanka.jain@nxp.com>
emc2305 is a common driver. It should not use platform specific
i2c address for slave device.
Pass chip_addr as agrument to emc2305_init() and set_fan_speed()
so that emc2305 driver can be used with different platforms.
Signed-off-by: Wasim Khan <wasim.khan@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Priyanka Jain <priyanka.jain@nxp.com>
According to the reference manual of LS2088A, for a VDD voltage of
0.9V, the entry should be at 01000b.
Fixes: 4911948ec7 ("board/freescale,lsch3: Add entry for 0.9v")
Signed-off-by: Martin Kaistra <martin.kaistra@linutronix.de>
Reviewed-by: Priyanka Jain <priyanka.jain@nxp.com>
Configure DWC3’s cache type to ‘cacheable’ for better
performance. Actually related register definition and values are SoC
specific, which means this setting is only applicable to Layerscape SoC,
not generic for all platforms which have integrated DWC3 IP.
Signed-off-by: Ran Wang <ran.wang_1@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Priyanka Jain <priyanka.jain@nxp.com>
Xilinx changes for v2021.01
arm64:
- Support for bigger U-Boot images compiled with PIE
microblaze:
- Extend support for LE/BE systems
zynqmp:
- Refactor silicon ID detection code with using firmware interface
- Add support for saving variables based on bootmode
zynqmp-r5:
- Fix MPU mapping and defconfig setting.
xilinx:
- Minor driver changes: names alignment
- Enable UBIFS
- Minor DT and macros fixes
- Fix boot with appended DT
- Fix distro boot
cmd:
- pxe: Add fixing for platforms with manual relocation support
clk:
- fixed_rate: Add DM flag to support early boot on r5
fpga:
- zynqmppl: Use only firmware interface and enable SPL build
serial:
- uartlite: Enable for ARM systems and support endians
mmc:
- zynq: Fix indentation
net:
- gem: Support for multiple phys
- emac: Fix 64bit support and enable it for arm64
kconfig:
- Setup default values for Xilinx platforms
- Fix dependecies for Xilinx drivers
- Source board Kconfig only when platform is enabled
- Fix FPGA Kconfig entry with SPL
- Change some defconfig values
bindings:
- Add binding doc for vsc8531
- Add DM_SPI, DM_SPI_FLASH support for powerpc platforms
- Add DM_ETH support on P1010RDB, P1020RDB, P2020RDB
- Remove some un-maintained powerpc platforms
- Add USB_STORAGE support in config
commit 0cfccb5401 ("configs: Resync with savedefconfig")
removed CONFIG_USB_STORAGE from some powerpc platforms' defconfig
files, whicih would block the use case of system loading rootfs
from USB drives, add them back.
Signed-off-by: Ran Wang <ran.wang_1@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Reviewed-by: Priyanka Jain <priyanka.jain@nxp.com>
Enable the DM_ETH and DM_MDIO config.
On P2020RDB, the eTSEC1 is connecting with a switch VSC7385,
so also enable the fixed PHY support.
Signed-off-by: Hou Zhiqiang <Zhiqiang.Hou@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Priyanka Jain <priyanka.jain@nxp.com>
The board_eth_init() is only used by legacy ethernet driver framework,
so do not compile it when DM_ETH config has been selected.
Signed-off-by: Hou Zhiqiang <Zhiqiang.Hou@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
[Rebased]
Signed-off-by: Priyanka Jain <priyanka.jain@nxp.com>
Enable the DM_ETH and DM_MDIO config.
On P1020RDB, the eTSEC1 is connecting with a switch VSC7385,
so also enable the fixed PHY support.
Signed-off-by: Hou Zhiqiang <Zhiqiang.Hou@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Priyanka Jain <priyanka.jain@nxp.com>
The board_eth_init() is only used by legacy ethernet driver framework,
so do not compile it when DM_ETH config has been selected.
Signed-off-by: Hou Zhiqiang <Zhiqiang.Hou@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
[Rebased]
Signed-off-by: Priyanka Jain <priyanka.jain@nxp.com>
Move vsc7835 firmware uploading to board_early_init_r(), so that
the switch also can work in DM eTSEC driver.
Signed-off-by: Hou Zhiqiang <Zhiqiang.Hou@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Priyanka Jain <priyanka.jain@nxp.com>
The info of fixed-link PHY is described in DT node instead of
getting from MII, so detect the fixed-link PHY DT node first,
if it doesn't exist then probe the MII.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Hou Zhiqiang <Zhiqiang.Hou@nxp.com>
[Rebased]
Signed-off-by: Priyanka Jain <priyanka.jain@nxp.com>
For the platforms on which the eTSEC driver uses DM_ETH, convert its
MDIO controller code to also use DM_MDIO.
Note that for handling the TBI PHY (the MAC PCS for SGMII), we still
don't register a udevice for it, since we can drive it locally and there
is no point in doing otherwise.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Hou Zhiqiang <Zhiqiang.Hou@nxp.com>
[Reworked to fix gazerbeam config]
Signed-off-by: Priyanka Jain <priyanka.jain@nxp.com>
The MII management register block offset is different between
gianfar and etsec2 compatible devices, this patch is to fix
this issue by adding driver data for different compatible
string.
Fixes: 2932c5a802 ("net: tsec: fsl_mdio: add DM MDIO support")
Signed-off-by: Hou Zhiqiang <Zhiqiang.Hou@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Priyanka Jain <priyanka.jain@nxp.com>
The tsec driver now requires DM_MDIO when DM_ETH is enabled. To avoid
build errors, enable DM_MDIO in these boards' configs before we actually
add DM_MDIO support to tsec.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Hou Zhiqiang <Zhiqiang.Hou@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Priyanka Jain <priyanka.jain@nxp.com>
It is utterly pointless to require an MDIO bus pointer for a fixed PHY
device. The fixed.c implementation does not require it, only
phy_device_create. Fix that.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Hou Zhiqiang <Zhiqiang.Hou@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Priyanka Jain <priyanka.jain@nxp.com>
As required by PCI Express spec a delay for at least 100ms after
de-asserting PERST# signal is needed before link training is enabled.
Linux kernels prior to 5.8 version do not automatically disable link
training before de-asserting PERST# signal, therefore this requirement is
not fulfilled.
Above requirement is needed for proper detection of some Compex PCIe WiFi
cards. Otherwise Linux kernel cannot detect it.
To allow using those PCIe cards with older Linux kernel versions booted by
U-Boot compiled with U-Boot a37xx pci driver, disable link training in
U-Boot when unloading this pci driver.
Thanks to DM_FLAG_OS_PREPARE flag, U-Boot automatically unload this driver
when booting Linux kernel.
Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Testing on a DNS-325 NAS has shown that in order for the device to work
we need to set CONFIG_NR_DRAM_BANKS to 1 and not 2.
Tested-by: Dmitry N. Kolesnikov <dk.diklab@gmail.com>
Reported-by: Dmitry N. Kolesnikov <dk.diklab@gmail.com>
Cc: Stefan Herbrechtsmeier <stefan@herbrechtsmeier.net>
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Required for the generic distro mechanism.
Linux ships with 4 variants:
marvell/armada-3720-espressobin-v7-emmc.dtb
marvell/armada-3720-espressobin-v7.dtb
marvell/armada-3720-espressobin-emmc.dtb
marvell/armada-3720-espressobin.dtb
Use available information to determine the appropriate filename.
Fixes booting GRUB EFI arm64 on Fedora.
Reported-by: Dennis Gilmore <dennis@ausil.us>
Signed-off-by: Andre Heider <a.heider@gmail.com>
The hardware does not provide a MAC address. Enable this so that
network access works with just the default environment.
Signed-off-by: Andre Heider <a.heider@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Konstantin Porotchkin <kostap@marvell.com>
Increase max gunzip size, required for booting itb recovery images on
uDPU.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Vid <vladimir.vid@sartura.hr>
[a.heider: adapt to mainline]
Signed-off-by: Andre Heider <a.heider@gmail.com>
Some of Marvell A3700 boards use mx25u12835f, specifically uDPU
and ESPRESSObin v7.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Vid <vladimir.vid@sartura.hr>
[a.heider: adapt commit message to mainline]
Signed-off-by: Andre Heider <a.heider@gmail.com>
The fdt_fixup_pcie_ls() scans all PCI devices and assumes that all PCI
root devices are layerscape PCIe controllers. Unfortunately, this is not
true for the LS1028A. There is one additional static PCI root complex
(this contains the networking devices) which has nothing to do with the
layerscape PCIe controllers. On recent U-Boot versions this results in
the following panic:
"Synchronous Abort" handler, esr 0x96000044
elr: 000000009602fa04 lr : 000000009602f9f4 (reloc)
elr: 00000000fbd73a04 lr : 00000000fbd739f4
x0 : 0080000002000101 x1 : 0000000000000000
x2 : 00000000fbde9000 x3 : 0000000000000001
x4 : 0000000000000000 x5 : 0000000000000030
x6 : 00000000fbdbd460 x7 : 00000000fbb3d3a0
x8 : 0000000000000002 x9 : 000000000000000c
x10: 00000000ffffffe8 x11: 0000000000000006
x12: 000000000001869f x13: 0000000000000a2c
x14: 00000000fbb3d2cc x15: 00000000ffffffff
x16: 0000000000010000 x17: 0000000000000000
x18: 00000000fbb3fda0 x19: 0000000000000800
x20: 0000000000000000 x21: 00000001f0000000
x22: 0000000000000800 x23: 0000000000000009
x24: 00000000fbdc3c1b x25: 00000000fbdc28e5
x26: 00000000fbdcc008 x27: 00000000fbdc16e2
x28: 000000000f000000 x29: 00000000fbb3d3a0
Code: 394072a1 f94006a0 34000041 5ac00a94 (b8336814)
Resetting CPU ...
This bug already existed in former versions, but the spurious write was
never trapped, because the destination address was a valid address (by
pure luck).
Make sure the PCI root is actually one of the expected PCIe layerscape
controllers by matching its compatible string.
Signed-off-by: Michael Walle <michael@walle.cc>
Reviewed-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Tested-by: Heiko Thiery <heiko.thiery@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Priyanka Jain <priyanka.jain@nxp.com>
CONFIG_ENV_OVERWRITE disables write protection on various environment
variables like "ethaddr" and "serial".
Enable this config in LS1046A and LS1012A defconfigs. This resolves an
error while setting multiple values of "ethaddr" variable.
Before the change:
=> setenv ethaddr 00:E0:0C:00:06:0
=> setenv ethaddr 00:E0:0C:00:06:1
Error: Can't overwrite "ethaddr"
Error inserting "ethaddr" variable, errno=1
After the change:
=> setenv ethaddr 00:E0:0C:00:06:0
=> setenv ethaddr 00:E0:0C:00:06:1
Signed-off-by: Kuldeep Singh <kuldeep.singh@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Priyanka Jain <priyanka.jain@nxp.com>
scan_dev_for_efi is supposed to be called from scan_dev_for_boot.
However this call is missing for ls1028ardb and ls1028aqds boards. As
a result EFI boot doesn’t work. Fix this issue by removing custom
definition of scan_dev_for_boot and use the default definition
instead.
Signed-off-by: Mian Yousaf Kaukab <ykaukab@suse.de>
Reviewed-by: andy.tang@nxp.com
Reviewed-by: Priyanka Jain <priyanka.jain@nxp.com>
fixed-rate driver is not different from clk_fixed_factor and it is required
very early in boot that's why setup flag for it.
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
pxe sub commands need to be manually relocated for architectures which
enables MANUAL_RELOC as Microblaze.
Signed-off-by: T Karthik Reddy <t.karthik.reddy@xilinx.com>
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
PXE and DHCP shouldn't be listed when commands are not enabled that's why
handle it in the same way as is done for Zynq and ZynqMP.
Fixes: ec48b6c991 ("arm64: versal: Add support for new Xilinx Versal ACAPs")
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
Map all resource for R5 to operate properly.
The patch is done based on the commit 23f7b1a776 ("armv7R: K3: am654:
Enable MPU regions") which also map the whole 4GB at first and then change
mapping for DDR.
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
ATF support was all the time based on FIT image support but this dependency
is not recorded anywhere.
For !SPL_FIT && SPL_ATF there is compilation error:
common/spl/spl.c: In function 'board_init_r':
common/spl/spl.c:689:26: error: 'struct spl_image_info' has no member named 'fdt_addr'
689 | spl_fixup_fdt(spl_image.fdt_addr);
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
Both SOCs shouldn't have any problem with 64bit dma accesses. Also with PIE
enabled when u-boot is placed above 4GB without any memory mapped below 4GB
address space efi_memory_init() call is failing due to missing memory node.
For this two reason disable this option for ZynqMP and Versal.
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
if conditions should match.
Fixes: a18d09ea38 ("fpga: zynqmp: Add secure bitstream loading for ZynqMP")
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
The patch does sed 's/SPL_FPGA_SUPPORT/SPL_FPGA/g' but also fixing Makefile
and zynqmp.c to simplify if/endif logic in zynqmp.c.
This change is mostly done to be able to use CONFIG_IS_ENABLED macro and
obj-$(CONFIG_$(SPL_)FPGA) in Makefile. For them symbols need to be in sync.
And removing one line from Topic Miami boards which is not needed because
symbol is not enabled via Kconfig.
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
For SPL flow without specifying address for DT loading DTB is automatically
appended behind U-Boot code. Specifically _end symbol is used. Just behind
it there is place for bss section.
It means if early code is using static variable and there is a write to
this variable DTB file is corrupted if variable is located between DTB
start and end.
In this particular case offset of this variable from bss section start is
very small (0x40) that's why DT is currupted which breaks this boot flow.
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
Enable position independent pre-relocation to let users options to put
u-boot to different locations.
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
Enabling saving variables to MMC(FAT), NAND, SPI based on primary bootmode.
Maybe that logic can be tuned for more complicated use cases and better
tested for different bootmodes.
Tested on zcu104 to SD(FAT) and JTAG(NOWHERE).
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
There is no reason to have name variable saved in BSS section when it
doesn't need to be really used. That's why remove static from variable
definition and use strdup() to duplicate string with exact size from malloc
area instead.
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
Current algorithm used to get the silicon name is bit complicated and
hard to follow. Updated to use more straightforward mechanism based on
the Device ID code table (Table 1-2). The full IDCODE register is used
(except device revision bits [31:28]) to get the device name and IDCODE2
value is used for identifying the variant.
Additionally to make the algorithm bit more clear it also save some space
as the devices table is slightly bit smaller.
Signed-off-by: Ibai Erkiaga <ibai.erkiaga-elorza@xilinx.com>
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
flush_cache() arguments are not type casted to take care of 64 bit
systems. Use phys_addr_t to type cast for it to work properly for 32 bit
and 64 bit systems.
Signed-off-by: Ashok Reddy Soma <ashok.reddy.soma@xilinx.com>
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
Reviewed-by: Ramon Fried <rfried.dev@gmail.com>
There are compilation warnings showing up when we compile AXI ethernet
driver for 64bit architectures. Fix them, so that it works on both 32
and 64 bit architectures.
DMA descriptors are not taking care of 64bit addresses. To fix it,
change axidma_bd members as below:
next ==> next_desc
reserverd1 ==> next_desc_msb
phys ==> buf_addr
reserverd2 ==> buf_addr_msb
and update next_desc and buf_addr with lower 32 bits of the addresses,
update next_desc_msb and buf_addr_msb with upper 32 bits of the 64bit
addresses.
Signed-off-by: Ashok Reddy Soma <ashok.reddy.soma@xilinx.com>
Reviewed-by: Ramon Fried <rfried.dev@gmail.com>
Add MSCC header with delay definitions for VSC8531 and associated
family devices.
Signed-off-by: Harini Katakam <harini.katakam@xilinx.com>
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
It was protected just for SPL_OS_BOOT but this function is only called when
SPL_ATF is enabled that's why change macro name.
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
NAND_ARASAN selecting DM_MTD uunconditionally. Driver can be enabled with
!DM that's why Kconfig it showing it as error:
WARNING: unmet direct dependencies detected for DM_MTD
Depends on [n]: DM [=n]
Selected by [y]:
- NAND_ARASAN [=y] && MTD_RAW_NAND [=y]
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Value of shunt resistor for INA226s that monitor VCCINT and VCC_SOC power
rails are incorrect. This patch corrects those values.
Signed-off-by: Saeed Nowshadi <saeed.nowshadi@xilinx.com>
There is 2nd pca9548 mux on I2C1 bus that controls SFP0, SFP1, and QSFP1
ports. Channel 0 and 1 are connected to J287 connector for SFP0 & SFP1, and
channel 2 is connected to J288 connector for QSFP1.
Signed-off-by: Saeed Nowshadi <saeed.nowshadi@xilinx.com>
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
Add CONFIG_XILINX_UARTLITE config to versal/zynqmp defconfig to
enable uartlite driver support by default.
Signed-off-by: T Karthik Reddy <t.karthik.reddy@xilinx.com>
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
This endinness changes are taken from linux uartlite driver.
Reset TX fifo in control register and check TX fifo empty
flag in lower byte of the status register to detect if it
is a little endian system. Based on this check, program the
registers with le32 or be32 through out the driver.
Signed-off-by: T Karthik Reddy <t.karthik.reddy@xilinx.com>
Signed-off-by: Ashok Reddy Soma <ashok.reddy.soma@xilinx.com>
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
Enable required configs for using ubifs in uboot.
UBIFS testing procedure from u-boot:
Let's say we have two partitions in dt as below and want to format
partition1 "images" with ubifs.
partition@0 {
label = "boot";
reg = <0x0 0x1000000>;
};
partition@1 {
label = "images";
reg = <0x1000000 0x7000000>;
};
We will format the partition from linux and copy some files and access
from uboot later.
First thing, in linux config disable CONFIG_MTD_SPI_NOR_USE_4K_SECTORS.
this is required as ubifs expects min LEB size as 15*1024 bytes.
Use below commands in linux to format "images" partition with ubifs.
ubiformat /dev/mtd1
ubiattach /dev/ubi_ctrl -m 1
ubimkvol /dev/ubi0 -N images -m
mount -t ubifs ubi0:images /mnt
We can copy files to /mnt and unmount it.
To access this ubifs partition from uboot, run below commands.
(Don't forget to probe device before, e.g. sf probe 0 0 0)
setenv mtdids "nor0=nor0"
setenv mtdparts "mtdparts=nor0:16m(boot),112m(images)"
ubi part images
ubifsmount ubi0:images
make sure we match "mtdparts" to whatever is given in dt w.r.t partition
sizes.
"mtdparts" command will list the mtd partitions in u-boot.
Once ubifs is mounted, we can use "ubifsls" to list the files in that
partition and use "ubifsload <addr> <filename>" to load files from ubifs
partition to DDR.
Reading information about mtd layout from DT is not supported.
Signed-off-by: Ashok Reddy Soma <ashok.reddy.soma@xilinx.com>
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
Add read/write memory utilities for 16 and 32 bits. Add these
api's for both little and big endian systems similar to arm
architecture.
Signed-off-by: T Karthik Reddy <t.karthik.reddy@xilinx.com>
Signed-off-by: Ashok Reddy Soma <ashok.reddy.soma@xilinx.com>
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
U-Boot on xilinx boards is checking one address where DTB can be placed as
the first location for DTB. Originally this code was developed for Versal
where QEMU was putting generated DTB for U-Boot to use.
The patch enables changing this address which is necessary for cases where
default address is pointing to location (DDR) which is not present. The
access to this location can cause exception.
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
Do not source xilinx board Kconfig by other boards. These configs should be
available only when Xilinx platforms are selected.
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
Zynq/ZynqMP/Versal IPs should be possible to called also from Microblaze in
PL and vice versa. That's why change dependencies and do not limit enabling
just for some platforms.
This is follow up patch based on commit 664e16ce99 ("xilinx: kconfig:
Change Kconfig dependencies for Xilinx drivers").
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
Zynq is similar to ZynqMP u-boot feature wise that's why also enable
default option for ENV_FAT_DEVICE_AND_PART Kconfig entry.
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
Find out MDIO bus and enable MDIO access to it if this is done via
different GEM controller. Only works across GEM instances.
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
The most of drivers are using '_' instead of '-' in driver name. That's why
sync up these names to be aligned. It looks quite bad to see both in use.
It is visible via dm tree command.
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
The GPIO bank name for banks J and K are not correct when using the
'gpio' command from the console.
The driver derives the bank name from the device tree instance string by
using the instance value and adding 'A': gpio0@xxaddrxx is Bank A,
gpio1@yyaddryy is Bank B and so on.
On the PIC32, there is no Bank I so instances 8 and 9 need to be
incremented as a minimum change.
An alternative (less opaque) implementation would be to use a bank-name
property instead but this would require modifying the driver code too.
Signed-off-by: John Robertson <john.robertson@simiatec.com>
GPIO state cannot be changed via the device tree (e.g. with gpio-hog) or
using the 'gpio' command from the console.
The root cause is a discrepancy between the driver and the device tree:
the driver code expects an absolute I/O address in the <reg> property,
while the device tree defines the address relative to a declaration in
the parent pinctrl node.
Changing the device tree to fix a driver issue would normally be wrong,
however:
- I have run the first version of U-Boot in which this driver appears
(v2016.03) and the same problem exists, so this is not a regression;
- There is no code that references a parent device tree node that might
suggest the intent of the author was to parse the DT as it exists now;
- The equivalent Linux PIC32 GPIO driver also uses absolute addresses
for the GPIO <reg> property. This change brings the U-Boot DT more
into line with Linux.
Additionally, the data sheet (Microchip ref. 60001361H) shows that the
register set to control a GPIO bank spans 0xE0 bytes, but the device
tree specified size is only 0x48 bytes.
Signed-off-by: John Robertson <john.robertson@simiatec.com>
CONFIG_BLK needs to be enabled by default to allow U-Boot to
compile after a 'make pic32mzdask_defconfig'.
Signed-off-by: John Robertson <john.robertson@simiatec.com>
The PIC32MZ DA Starter Kit does not need the card detect workaround
because the SDCD signal line is connected properly. Disable the
workaround in this case.
Signed-off-by: John Robertson <john.robertson@simiatec.com>
The GPIO pins used by the SDHCI controller need to be configured to
allow the interface to work.
Signed-off-by: John Robertson <john.robertson@simiatec.com>
The existing driver is not compatible with the Driver Model.
This patch makes the necessary changes while also removing obsolescent
calls/properties as follows:
- fdtdec_* calls replaced with dev_read_* equivalents;
- 'clock-freq-min-max' property replaced by querying the frequency of
the source clock 'base_clk';
- The card detect erratum workaround is applied during probe rather than
overriding get_cd.
The card detect workaround (Microchip ref. DS80000736E, erratum #15) is
not always needed and can be disabled using a vendor specific DT
property.
Signed-off-by: John Robertson <john.robertson@simiatec.com>
When a message is written by a log driver (e.g. via the network stack) this
may result in the generation of further messages. We cannot allow these
additional messages to be emitted as this might result in an infinite
recursion.
Up to now only the syslog driver was safeguarded. We should safeguard all
log drivers instead.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
In the live tree API ofnode_parse_phandle_with_args, the cell_count
argument must be used when cells_name is NULL.
But this argument is not provided to the live DT function
of_parse_phandle_with_args even it is provided to
fdtdec_parse_phandle_with_args.
This patch adds support of the cells_count parameter in dev_ and
of_node API to allow migration and support of live DT:
- of_parse_phandle_with_args
Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
OP-TEE reserved memory node must set property "no-map" to prevent
Linux kernel from mapping secure memory unless what non-secure world
speculative accesses of the CPU can violate the memory firmware
configuration.
Fixes: 6ccb05eae0 ("image: fdt: copy possible optee nodes to a loaded devicetree")
Signed-off-by: Etienne Carriere <etienne.carriere@st.com>
Signed-off-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@st.com>
Add a test to verify that the no-map property is added in reserved-memory
node when fdtdec_add_reserved_memory() no-map parameter is set to true.
Signed-off-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@st.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Add boolean input argument @no_map to helper function
fdtdec_add_reserved_memory() to add or not "no-map" property
for an added reserved memory node.
Property no-map is used by the Linux kernel to not not map memory
in its static memory mapping. It is needed for example for the|
consistency of system non-cached memory and to prevent speculative
accesses to some firewalled memory.
No functional change. A later change will update to OPTEE library to
add no-map property to OP-TEE reserved memory nodes.
Signed-off-by: Etienne Carriere <etienne.carriere@st.com>
Signed-off-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@st.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
When an external blob is missing it can be quite confusing for the user.
Add a way to provide a help message that is shown.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: Alper Nebi Yasak <alpernebiyasak@gmail.com>
Add a new entry argument to the fit entry which allows selection of the
default configuration to use. This is the 'default' property in the
'configurations' node.
Update the Makefile to pass in the value of DEVICE_TREE or
CONFIG_DEFAULT_DEVICE_TREE to provide this information.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Suggested-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
Explain that binman interprets these environment variables in the
"External tools" section to run target/host specific versions of the
tools, and add a new section on how to use CROSS_COMPILE to run the
tests on non-x86 machines.
Signed-off-by: Alper Nebi Yasak <alpernebiyasak@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
This patch lets tools.Run() use host-specific versions with the
for_host keyword argument, based on the host-specific environment
variables (HOSTCC, HOSTOBJCOPY, HOSTSTRIP, etc.).
Signed-off-by: Alper Nebi Yasak <alpernebiyasak@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Currently, binman always runs the compile tools like cc, objcopy, strip,
etc. using their literal name. Instead, this patch makes it use the
target-specific versions by default, derived from the tool-specific
environment variables (CC, OBJCOPY, STRIP, etc.) or from the
CROSS_COMPILE environment variable.
For example, the u-boot-elf etype directly uses 'strip'. Trying to run
the tests with 'CROSS_COMPILE=i686-linux-gnu- binman test' on an arm64
host results in the '097_elf_strip.dts' test to fail as the arm64
version of 'strip' can't understand the format of the x86 ELF file.
This also adjusts some command.Output() calls that caused test errors or
failures to use the target versions of the tools they call. After this,
patch, an arm64 host can run all tests with no errors or failures using
a correct CROSS_COMPILE value.
Signed-off-by: Alper Nebi Yasak <alpernebiyasak@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
These test files are currently "intended for use on x86 hosts", but most
of the tests using them can still pass when cross-compiled to x86 on an
arm64 host.
This patch enables non-x86 hosts to run the tests by specifying a
cross-compiler via CROSS_COMPILE. The list of variables it sets is taken
from the top-level Makefile. It would be possible to automatically set
an x86 cross-compiler with a few blocks like:
ifneq ($(shell i386-linux-gnu-gcc --version 2> /dev/null),)
CROSS_COMPILE = i386-linux-gnu-
endif
But it wouldn't propagate to the binman process calling this Makefile,
so it's better just raise an error and expect 'binman test' to be run
with a correct CROSS_COMPILE.
Signed-off-by: Alper Nebi Yasak <alpernebiyasak@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
This patch makes buildman create linked working trees instead of clones
of the source repository, but keeps updating the older clones of the
repository that might already exist. These worktrees share "everything
except working directory specific files such as HEAD, index, etc." with
the source repository. See the git-worktree(1) manual page for more
information.
If git-worktree isn't available, silently falls back to cloning the
repository.
Signed-off-by: Alper Nebi Yasak <alpernebiyasak@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Tested-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
At present 64-bit sunxi boards use the Makefile to create a FIT, using
USE_SPL_FIT_GENERATOR. This is deprecated.
Update sunxi to use binman instead.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Tested-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
At present binman warns about missing external blobs only when the
BUILD_ROM is defined. Enable this behaviour always, since many boards
are starting to use these (e.g. ARM Trusted Firmware's BL31).
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
In some cases it is useful to generate a FIT which has a number of DTB
images, selectable by configuration. Add support for this in binman,
using a simple iterator and string substitution.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Add an entry for ARM Trusted Firmware's 'BL31' payload, which is the
device's main firmware. Typically this is U-Boot.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
At present we have an Entry_blob_ext which implement a blob which holds an
external binary. We need to support other entry types that hold external
binaries, e.g. Entry_blob_named_by_arg. Move the support into the base
Entry class to allow this.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
At present the Python sequential-write interface can produce an error when
it calls fdt_finish(), since this needs to add a terminating tag to the
end of the struct section.
Fix this by automatically expanding the buffer if needed.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Tidy up a few test functions which lack argument comments. Rename one that
has the same name as a different test.
Also fix up the comment for PrepareImagesAndDtbs().
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
If an entry argument is needed by an entry but the entry argument is not
present, then a strange error can occur when trying to read the file.
Fix this by allowing arguments to be required. Select this option for the
cros-ec-rw entry. If a filename is provided in the node, allow that to be
used.
Also tidy up a few related tests to make the error string easier to find,
and fully ignore unused return values.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Currently of_match_ptr is used to avoid referencing compatible strings
when OF_CONTROL is not enabled. This behaviour could be improved by
taking into account also OF_PLATDATA, as when this configuration is
enabled the compatible strings are not used at all.
Signed-off-by: Walter Lozano <walter.lozano@collabora.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
At present we look for resources based on the path of the Python module
that wants them. Instead we should use Python's pkg_resources feature
which is designed for this purpose.
Update binman to use this.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
When reading subentries of each image, the FIT entry type directly
concatenates their contents without padding them according to their
offset, size, align, align-size, align-end, pad-before, pad-after
properties.
This patch makes sure these properties are respected by offloading this
image-data building to the section etype, where each subnode of the
"images" node is processed as a section. Alignments and offsets are
respective to the beginning of each image. For example, the following
fragment can end up having "u-boot-spl" start at 0x88 within the final
FIT binary, while "u-boot" would then end up starting at e.g. 0x20088.
fit {
description = "example";
images {
kernel-1 {
description = "U-Boot with SPL";
type = "kernel";
arch = "arm64";
os = "linux";
compression = "none";
u-boot-spl {
};
u-boot {
align = <0x10000>;
};
};
};
}
Signed-off-by: Alper Nebi Yasak <alpernebiyasak@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reinstate check in testPadInSections(), squash in
"binman: Allow FIT binaries to have missing external blobs"
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Alper Nebi Yasak <alpernebiyasak@gmail.com>
Other relevant properties (pad-after, offset, size, align, align-size,
align-end) already work since Pack() sets correct ranges for subentries'
data (.offset, .size variables), but some padding here is necessary to
align the data within this range to match the pad-before property.
Signed-off-by: Alper Nebi Yasak <alpernebiyasak@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Switch to str.startswith for matching like the FIT etype does since the
current version doesn't ignore 'hash-1', 'hash-2', etc.
Signed-off-by: Alper Nebi Yasak <alpernebiyasak@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Setting CONFIG_ENV_ADDR to something other than 0 stops gd->env_addr
from being allocated dynamically. When the environment is in SPI we need
it to be allocated as we can't use a direct memory mapped address.
Signed-off-by: Chris Packham <judge.packham@gmail.com>
Fix build failure, it used to get this implicitly through common.h
until f7ae49fc4f (common: Drop log.h from common header).
Signed-off-by: Rasmus Villemoes <rasmus.villemoes@prevas.dk>
Reviewed-by: Heiko Schocher <hs@denx.de>
Somewhere between v2020.04 and v2020.07 the mpc8xxx_spi driver broke,
I'm guessing due to this hunk
@@ -559,6 +560,8 @@ int dm_gpio_set_dir_flags(struct gpio_desc *desc, ulong flags)
if (ret)
return ret;
+ /* combine the requested flags (for IN/OUT) and the descriptor flags */
+ flags |= desc->flags;
ret = _dm_gpio_set_dir_flags(desc, flags);
from commit 695e5fd546 ("gpio: update dir_flags management"). But
the blame is mostly on the driver itself which seems rather confused:
The chip select gpios are requested with GPIOD_ACTIVE_LOW, but then in
each activate/deactivate, dm_gpio_set_dir_flags() is called with
merely GPIOD_IS_OUT, and then the driver call set_value(0) for
activate.
That used to work, but with the above hunk, the ACTIVE_LOW setting
from the request becomes persistent, so the gpio driver ends up being
asked to set the value to 1 in mpc8xxx_spi_cs_activate().
So drop the dm_gpio_set_dir_flags() calls in the activate/deactivate
functions, and use a value of 1 to mean "logically enabled".
Ideally, I think we should also drop the GPIOD_ACTIVE_LOW from the
request and make it up to the list of gpio cs in DT to indicate
whether that CS is enabled when driven low (as is of course usually
the case), but that requires changing
arch/powerpc/dts/gdsys/gazerbeam-base.dtsi among others, and I don't
have that hardware to test on. I have, however, tested our
own (mpc8309-based) hardware with this change, and I have also tested
that removing the GPIOD_ACTIVE_LOW from the request and updating our
DT as
- gpios = <&spisel 0 0>;
+ gpios = <&spisel 0 GPIO_ACTIVE_LOW>;
still works.
Signed-off-by: Rasmus Villemoes <rasmus.villemoes@prevas.dk>
Linking a U-Boot larger than 1MB fails with PIE enabled:
u-boot/arch/arm/cpu/armv8/start.S:71:(.text+0x3c): relocation
truncated to fit: R_AARCH64_ADR_PREL_LO21 against symbol `__rel_dyn_end'
defined in .bss_start section in u-boot.
This extends the supported range by using adrp & add to load symbols
early while starting up.
Signed-off-by: Edgar E. Iglesias <edgar.iglesias@xilinx.com>
Reviewed-by: Stephen Warren <swarren@nvidia.com>
Tested-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
Atmel PIT timer is not available for next products that
have another timer hardware block.
To be able to use the common at91 code, guard the code that uses PIT
by ifdefs.
Signed-off-by: Eugen Hristev <eugen.hristev@microchip.com>
We already have a function to retrieve the mac address from one EEPROM.
For boards with a second Ethernet interface, however, we would
require another EEPROM with a second unique MAC address.
Introduce at91_set_eth1addr which will look for a second EEPROM
and set the 'eth1addr' variable with the obtained MAC address.
Signed-off-by: Eugen Hristev <eugen.hristev@microchip.com>
Add UTMI support for SAMA7G5. SAMA7G5's UTMI control is done via
XTALF register. Values written at bits 2..0 in this register
correspond to the on board crystal oscillator frequency.
Signed-off-by: Claudiu Beznea <claudiu.beznea@microchip.com>
Add master clock (MCK1..MCK4) support for SAMA7G5. SAMA7G5's PMC has
multiple master clocks feeding different subsystems. One of them
feeds image subsystem and is changeable based on image subsystem
needs.
Signed-off-by: Claudiu Beznea <claudiu.beznea@microchip.com>
Add sckc driver compatible with common clock framework. Driver
implements slow clock support for SAM9X60 compatible IPs (in this
list it is also present SAMA7G5's slow clock IP).
Signed-off-by: Claudiu Beznea <claudiu.beznea@microchip.com>
Move clock code to compat.c to allow switching to CCF
without mixing CCF code with non CCF code. This prepares the
field for next commits.
Signed-off-by: Claudiu Beznea <claudiu.beznea@microchip.com>
Add helper for clock drivers. These will be used by following
commits in the process of switching AT91 clock drivers to CCF.
Signed-off-by: Claudiu Beznea <claudiu.beznea@microchip.com>
Add pre-requisite headers for AT91 clock architecture. These
are based on already present files on Linux and will be used
by following commits for AT91 CCF clock drivers.
Signed-off-by: Claudiu Beznea <claudiu.beznea@microchip.com>
clk_get_by_indexed_prop() retrieves a clock with dev member being set
with the pointer to the udevice for the clock controller driver. But
in case of CCF each clock driver has set in dev member the reference
to its parent (the root of the clock tree is a fixed clock, every
node in clock tree is a clock registered with clk_register()). In this
case the subsequent operations like dev_get_clk_ptr() on clocks
retrieved by clk_get_by_indexed_prop() will fail. For this, get the
pointer to the proper clock registered (with clk_register()) using
clk_get_by_id() before proceeding.
Fixes: 1d7993d1d0 ("clk: Port Linux common clock framework [CCF] for imx6q to U-boot (tag: v5.1.12)")
Signed-off-by: Claudiu Beznea <claudiu.beznea@microchip.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Clock re-parenting is not binding the clock's device to its new
parent device, it only calls the clock's ops->set_parent() API. The
changes in this commit re-parent the clock device to its new parent
so that subsequent operations like clk_get_parent() to point to the
proper parent.
Signed-off-by: Claudiu Beznea <claudiu.beznea@microchip.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
In common clock framework the relation b/w parent and child clocks is
determined based on the udevice parent/child information. A clock
parent could be changed based on devices needs. In case this is happen
the functionalities for clock who's parent is changed are broken. Add
a function that reparent a device. This will be used in clk-uclass.c
to reparent a clock device.
Signed-off-by: Claudiu Beznea <claudiu.beznea@microchip.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Add a missing memset to acpi_create_spcr().
The other acpi_create_xxxx() functions perform a memset on their
structures, acpi_create_spcr() does not and as a result the contents of
this table are partly uninitialized (and thus random after every reset).
Fixes: b288cd9600 ("x86: acpi: Generate SPCR table")
Signed-off-by: Wolfgang Wallner <wolfgang.wallner@br-automation.com>
Reviewed-by: Andy Shevchenko <andriy.shevchenko@linux.intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
[bmeng: fix the tags format in the commit message]
Signed-off-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Currently, the calculation for the length of the DSDT table includes any
bytes that are added for alignment, but those bytes are not initialized.
This is because the DSDT length is calculated after a call to
acpi_inc_align(). Split this up into the following sequence:
* acpi_inc()
* Calculate DSDT length
* acpi_align()
Signed-off-by: Wolfgang Wallner <wolfgang.wallner@br-automation.com>
Reviewed-by: Andy Shevchenko <andriy.shevchenko@linux.intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
The term eMMC is used inconsistently within the FSP devicetree
bindings (e-mmc and emmc), especially for "emmc-host-max-speed"
documentation and code disagree.
Change all eMMC instances within the FSP bindings to consistently
use "emmc". The term "emmc" is already used a lot within U-Boot,
while "e-mmc" is only used in the FSP bindings.
Signed-off-by: Wolfgang Wallner <wolfgang.wallner@br-automation.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
[bmeng: correct one typo in the commit message]
Signed-off-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
This patch moves the the config SYS_MALLOC_LEN to Kconfig
as it is already done for zynq arch in commit 01aa5b8f05
("Kconfig: Move config SYS_MALLOC_LEN to Kconfig for zynq").
Signed-off-by: Andy Shevchenko <andriy.shevchenko@linux.intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Pull request for UEFI sub-system for efi-2020-10-rc5 (2)
The following bugs are fixed:
* incorrect online help for setenv and env
* description of function efi_mem_carve_out()
* replace printf() by log_err() in stm32mp1_rng driver
A unit test is provided to check that the boot hart id is provided in the
RISC-V device-tree.
- SquashFS Coverity fixes
- bitflip fix in the alternate memtest command
- Disable networking on bcmstb boards where we didn't have any network
drivers enabled.
'env -e -i' syntax was changed from "," to ":". Account for this also
in the documentation.
Fixes: 2b3fbcb59f ("efi_loader: use ':' as separator for setenv -i")
Signed-off-by: Maxim Uvarov <maxim.uvarov@linaro.org>
Correct the usage description for setenv -e too.
Reviewed-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
On RISC-V check that the /chosen node has a boot-hartid property.
To run the test configure with CONFIG_CMD_BOOTEFI_SELFTEST=y and issue
setenv efi_selftest device tree
setenv serial# myserial
bootefi selftest
If the test succeeds, it reports the boot-hartid, e.g.
boot-hartid: 1
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Allow specifying the node on which a property is searched.
Test the device tree consistency more rigorously.
Some efi_st_printf() calls have been converted to efi_st_error().
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Refine text for overlap_only_ram description to
match to what exactly flag does and aling description
with other functions.
Signed-off-by: Maxim Uvarov <maxim.uvarov@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
The logging system provides flexible filtering and enhanced output.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Reviewed-by: Sughosh Ganu <sughosh.ganu@linaro.org>
There are drivers to support built in USB controller and PHY-s now, so lets add the USB nodes to DTSI.
Signed-off-by: Robert Marko <robert.marko@sartura.hr>
Cc: Luka Perkov <luka.perkov@sartura.hr>
Lot of Qualcomm SoC-s use DWC3 controller for both USB2.0 and USB3.0
ports.
Qualcomm has some custom config registers on top of the generic ones,
but for host mode these are not needed.
So lets add the neccessary compatible string.
Signed-off-by: Robert Marko <robert.marko@sartura.hr>
Cc: Luka Perkov <luka.perkov@sartura.hr>
Add a driver to setup the USB PHY-s on Qualcomm IPQ40xx series SoCs.
The driver sets up HS and SS phys.
Signed-off-by: Robert Marko <robert.marko@sartura.hr>
Cc: Luka Perkov <luka.perkov@sartura.hr>
On Qualcomm IPQ40xx SoC series, GCC clock IP also handles the resets.
So since this will be needed by further drivers, lets add a driver for the reset controller.
Signed-off-by: Robert Marko <robert.marko@sartura.hr>
Cc: Luka Perkov <luka.perkov@sartura.hr>
Its common to use dt-bindings instead of hard-coding clocks or resets.
So lets use the imported Linux GCC bindings on IPQ40xx target.
Signed-off-by: Robert Marko <robert.marko@sartura.hr>
Cc: Luka Perkov <luka.perkov@sartura.hr>
The bitflip test uses two equal sized memory buffers. This is achieved
by splitting the range of memory into two pieces. The address of the
second buffer, as well as the length of each buffer, were not correctly
calculated. This caused bitflip test to access beyond the end of range.
This patch fixes the pointer arithmetic problem.
A second problem arises because u-boot "mtest" command expects the
ending address to be inclusive. When computing (end - start) this
results in missing 1 byte of the requested length. The bitflip test
expects a count rather than an "ending" address. Thus it fails to test
the last word of the requested range. Fixed by using (end - start + 1).
Added Kconfig option to optionally disable the bitflip test, since it
does add significantly to the time taken for "mtest".
Fixes: 8e434cb705 ("cmd: mem: Add bitflip
memory test to alternate mtest")
Signed-off-by: Ralph Siemsen <ralph.siemsen@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Silence the "Driver Model for Ethernet drivers" migration warning for
the bcm7445 and bcm7260 ports, neither of which supports networking yet.
Signed-off-by: Thomas Fitzsimmons <fitzsim@fitzsim.org>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
This is not required for sysboot (we defined fdtfile), let's save a few
bytes in the binary image without these variables.
Signed-off-by: Soeren Moch <smoch@web.de>
Reviewed-by: Fabio Estevam <festevam@gmail.com>
mpc83xx, keymile boards: enable DM_ETH and add DTS
- mpc83xx: remove unneeded extern declaration in cpu_init
- powerpc, qe: fix codingstyle issues for drivers/qe
- powerpc, qe: add DTS support for parallel I/O ports
- net, qe: add DM support for QE UEC ethernet
- add DTS for all mpc83xx based boards from keymile
mainly they are not mainlined to linux.
- add u-boot specific dtsi
- add stdout-path
- add missing ucc4 par_io definitions, which were
in board code, but not in linux DTS
- remove not used ethernet nodes
Currently, after config the clock rate, delay 10ms, this is quite a rough
method. Check the clock stable status in the present status register is
enough.
Tested-by: Ji Luo <ji.luo@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Haibo Chen <haibo.chen@nxp.com>
This patch adds support for iMX6UL/ULL/SL/SDL MMDC into the DDR calibration
code. The difference between MX6DQ and MX6UL/ULL/SL is that the later SoCs
have 2 SDQS registers, just like MX6SX, while the MX6DQ/MX6SDL has 8.
Fixes: 4f4c128c65 ("ARM: mx6: ddr: Add support for iMX6SX")
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Cc: Eric Nelson <eric@nelint.com>
Cc: Fabio Estevam <fabio.estevam@nxp.com>
Cc: Stefano Babic <sbabic@denx.de>
Reviewed-by: Fabio Estevam <festevam@gmail.com>
The size of the binary created with the default U-boot config is much
greater than the default offset for environment `0x60000`.
In case if that binary is used for booting via MMC it is overlapped with
the environment stored on MMC.
This leads to U-Boot corruption while saving environment with `saveenv`
command and non-bootable SabreLite board.
The offset for environment `CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET=0x60000` was added in
commit a09fea1 but did not count in the change to `0xC0000` if option
`CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_MMC` is used.
The offset is also used for variant with environment saving onto SPI NOR
flash (with enabled option `CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_SPI_FLASH`). In that case the
U-Boot binary flashed on SPI NOR is also corrupted after environment
saving with the original 0x60000 offset.
Signed-off-by: Denis Pynkin <denis.pynkin@collabora.com>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Latest datasheet revE has removed MIMX8ML7D/5D/7C/5C parts, so
update u-boot to remove decoding and support for those parts.
Signed-off-by: Ye Li <ye.li@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
Fix SSCG_PLL_REFCLK_SEL_x, the offset starts from 0, not 16
Reported-by: Coverity 3448860
Signed-off-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Ye Li <ye.li@nxp.com>
Coverity reported dead code, however it is FRAC_PLL_REFCLK_SEL_MASK
was wrongly set.
Reported-by: Coverity 10045172
Signed-off-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Ye Li <ye.li@nxp.com>
According to i.MX 7Dual Applications Processor Reference Manual, Rev. 1
The target interface CCM root index ranges [0,124], so the number
should be 125.
Reported-by: Coverity 18045
Signed-off-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Ye Li <ye.li@nxp.com>
Provide fdtfile value in default env instead of setting
it dynamically in runtime.
Fixes: 85cb2bc686("apalis/colibri imx6: provide proper fdtfile value")
Signed-off-by: Igor Opaniuk <igor.opaniuk@toradex.com>
Provide fdtfile value in default env instead of setting
it dynamically in runtime.
Fixes: 85cb2bc686("apalis/colibri imx6: provide proper fdtfile value")
Signed-off-by: Igor Opaniuk <igor.opaniuk@toradex.com>
Enable and set preboot var with fdtfile evaluation.
preboot will be checked and run immediately before starting the
CONFIG_BOOTDELAY countdown and/or running the auto-boot command resp.
entering interactive mode.
This provides possibility to use different boot cmds in interactive mode
without manual setting fdtfile value, as it it's already evaluated
before entering interactive mode.
Fixes: a62c60610f("colibri_imx7_emmc: add Colibri iMX7D 1GB (eMMC) module support")
Signed-off-by: Igor Opaniuk <igor.opaniuk@toradex.com>
Enable and set preboot var with fdtfile evaluation.
preboot will be checked and run immediately before starting the
CONFIG_BOOTDELAY countdown and/or running the auto-boot command resp.
entering interactive mode.
This provides possibility to use different boot cmds in interactive mode
without manual setting fdtfile value, as it it's already evaluated
before entering interactive mode.
Fixes: 304042c1f3("colibri_vf: set fdtfile for distroboot")
Signed-off-by: Igor Opaniuk <igor.opaniuk@toradex.com>
Enable and set preboot var with fdtfile evaluation.
preboot will be checked and run immediately before starting the
CONFIG_BOOTDELAY countdown and/or running the auto-boot command resp.
entering interactive mode.
This provides possibility to use different boot cmds in interactive mode
without manual setting fdtfile value, as it it's already evaluated
before entering interactive mode.
Fixes: board: 31b1e17f44("toradex: add Colibri iMX6ULL support")
Signed-off-by: Igor Opaniuk <igor.opaniuk@toradex.com>
Wrap video specific functionality with ifdefs.
Fixes: 195011b24d("colibri-imx7: fix splash logo drawing")
Signed-off-by: Igor Opaniuk <igor.opaniuk@toradex.com>
Drop show_boot_logo legacy function, as splashscreen functionality can
be used instead.
Fixes: d324189772("toradex: common: show boot logo")
Signed-off-by: Igor Opaniuk <igor.opaniuk@toradex.com>
Set proper splashscreen env value instead of calling legacy function
to show embed boot logo.
Fixes: 195011b24d("colibri-imx7: fix splash logo drawing")
Signed-off-by: Igor Opaniuk <igor.opaniuk@toradex.com>
Set proper splashscreen env value instead of calling legacy function
to show embed boot logo.
Fixes: 391c712dde("colibri-imx6ull: show boot logo")
Signed-off-by: Igor Opaniuk <igor.opaniuk@toradex.com>
enable DTS support for keymile mpc83xx based boards.
get rid of compile warning:
===================== WARNING ======================
This board does not use CONFIG_DM_ETH (Driver Model
for Ethernet drivers). Please update the board to use
CONFIG_DM_ETH before the v2020.07 release. Failure to
update by the deadline may result in board removal.
See doc/driver-model/migration.rst for more info.
====================================================
Therefore done:
- add DTS for all mpc83xx based boards from keymile
mainly they are not mainlined to linux.
- add u-boot specific dtsi
- add stdout-path
- add missing ucc4 par_io definitions, which were
in board code, but not in linux DTS
- remove not used ethernet nodes
Signed-off-by: Heiko Schocher <hs@denx.de>
Patch-cc: Mario Six <mario.six@gdsys.cc>
Patch-cc: Qiang Zhao <qiang.zhao@nxp.com>
Series-to: u-boot
Series-version: 3
Series-changes: 3
- rebase patchset to current mainline commit
c0192950df
- update defconfig files
Series-changes: 2
- add patch which fixes Codingstyle errors in drivers/qe
- add patch which converts the mpc83xx based boards from
keymile to DM_ETH
Cover-letter:
powerpc, mpc83xx: add DM_ETH support
This patch series adds DM ethernet support for mpc83xx based
keymile boards.
Travis build:
END
add DM/DTS support for the UEC ethernet on QUICC Engine
Block.
Signed-off-by: Heiko Schocher <hs@denx.de>
Patch-cc: Mario Six <mario.six@gdsys.cc>
Patch-cc: Qiang Zhao <qiang.zhao@nxp.com>
Patch-cc: Holger Brunck <holger.brunck@hitachi-powergrids.com>
Patch-cc: Madalin Bucur <madalin.bucur@oss.nxp.com>
Series-changes: 3
- revert:
commit "3374264df97b" ("drivers: net: qe: deselect QE when DM_ETH is enabled")
as now qe works with DM and DM_ETH support.
- fix mailaddress from Holger
Series-changes: 2
- add comments from Qiang Zhao:
- add device node documentation
- I did not drop the dm_qe_uec_phy.c and use drivers/net/fsl_mdio.c
because using drivers/net/fsl_mdio.c leads in none existent
udevice mdio@3320
instead boards with DM ETH support should use now this
driver.
- remove RFC tag
Commit-notes:
- I let the old none DM based implementation in code
so boards should work with old implementation.
This Code should be removed if all boards are converted
to DM/DTS.
- add the DM based qe uec driver under drivers/net/qe
- Therefore copied the files uccf.c uccf.h uec.h from
drivers/qe. So there are a lot of Codingstyle problems
currently. I fix them in next version if this RFC
patch is OK or it needs some changes.
- The dm based driver code is now under drivers/net/qe/dm_qe_uec.c
Used a lot of functions from drivers/qe/uec.c
- seperated the PHY specific code into seperate file
drivers/net/qe/dm_qe_uec_phy.c
END
add DM support for parallel I/O ports on QUICC Engine Block
Signed-off-by: Heiko Schocher <hs@denx.de>
Patch-cc: Mario Six <mario.six@gdsys.cc>
Patch-cc: Qiang Zhao <qiang.zhao@nxp.com>
Patch-cc: Holger Brunck <holger.brunck@hitachi-powergrids.com>
Series-changes: 2
- remove RFC
- fixed Codingstyle errors, therefore new patch
powerpc, mpc83xx: fix codingstyle issues for qe_io.c
- moved DM part to drivers/pinctrl
Commit-notes:
Open questions / discussion:
- I let the old none DM based implementation in code
so boards should work with old implementation.
This should be removed if all boards are converted to
DM/DTS.
- Unfortunately linux DTS does not use "pinctrl-"
properties, instead "pio-handle" properties.
Even worser old U-Boot code initializes all pins
defined in "const qe_iop_conf_t qe_iop_conf_tab[]"
table in board code. As linux does the same I decided
to also scan through all subnodes containing "pio-map"
property and initialize them too.
The proper solution would be to check for "pio-handle"
when a device is probed.
END
I also followed the development of the SquashFS support in U-Boot
as part of Joao Marcos internship, so I would also appreciate receiving
new contributions and bug reports related to this topic.
Signed-off-by: Miquel Raynal <miquel.raynal@bootlin.com>
As I have followed the development of the SquashFS support in U-Boot
as part of Joao Marcos work, it makes sense to get Cc'ed on
contributions/bug reports related to the squashfs support.
Signed-off-by: Thomas Petazzoni <thomas.petazzoni@bootlin.com>
Repair incorrectly negated condition in the original patch which broke
DT memory node parsing on everything which has more than one DT memory
node, e.g. R-Car3.
In case multiple valid memory nodes are present in the DT, the original
patch would complete parsing cycle for the first memory node, then move
on to the next one, identify it as a valid, and end the parsing. The fix
is to invert the condition, to make the code behave as it did before the
livetree conversion, so it would continue parsing the subsequent memory
nodes as well.
Fixes: c2f0950c33 ("lib: fdt: Convert fdtdes_setup_mem..() to livetree API")
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@gmail.com>
Cc: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
Cc: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Cc: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Tested-by: Biju Das <biju.das.jz@bp.renesas.com>
Reviewed-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
phy_write() uses bus->write() instead of bus->read(). This means NULL
pointer pre-check needs to happen on bus->write instead of bus->read.
Signed-off-by: Thirupathaiah Annapureddy <thiruan@linux.microsoft.com>
Reviewed-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
Pull request for UEFI sub-system for efi-2020-10-rc5
The following bugs are fixed:
* unaligned access in br_i32_decode()
* missing restore of global data pointer in UEFI selftest
* missing restore of global data pointer on RISC-V in UEfI subsystem
* efi_var_mem_notify_exit_boot_services() should not be __efi_runtime
Use board_early_init_f() instead of mach_cpu_init() for board, the
board_early_init_f() is used for board init and after dm_initf, while
the mach_cpu_init() is used for CPU/SOC and before dm_initf()(not able
to use syscon API).
Fixes: 9cec336708 ("rockchip: evb-rv1108: Use syscon API to get grf base")
Fixes: 4aa33690fc {"rockchip: elgin-rv1108: Use syscon API to get grf base")
Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
- Hyperflash boot for J7200
- Update Main R5FSS lockstep mode
- R5F remoteproc support for J7200
- Minor env fixes
- Add SPI boot support for am335x-icev2
am335x internal SRAM is too small to support the addition of
SPI bootmode to the default defconfig. Add a separate spiboot_defconfig
Signed-off-by: Faiz Abbas <faiz_abbas@ti.com>
Add an ofdata_to_platdata() callback to access dts in U-boot and
access all platform data in it. This prepares the driver for supporting
both device tree as well as static platform data structures in SPL.
Signed-off-by: Faiz Abbas <faiz_abbas@ti.com>
Add platform data and a device structure for the spi device
present on am335x-icev2. This requires moving all omap3_spi
platform data structures and symbols to an omap3_spi.h so that
the board file can access them.
Signed-off-by: Faiz Abbas <faiz_abbas@ti.com>
There are devices which don't use OF_CONTROL or OF_PLATDATA but instead
rely on statically defined platdata. Block dm_scan_fdt_dev() with both
configs to avoid build failures under this condition.
Signed-off-by: Faiz Abbas <faiz_abbas@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@amarulasolutions.com>
If devtype variable is setted via setenv, then the following devtype=X style is
ignored. Currently, many u-boot commands use devtype variable in the latter
manner:
mmc_boot=if mmc dev ${devnum}; then devtype=mmc; run scan_dev_for_boot_part; fi
Use devtype=mmc instead of setenv devtype mmc to avoid bugs with booting from
another devtype.
Signed-off-by: Matwey V. Kornilov <matwey.kornilov@gmail.com>
Enable the FS_LOADER and associated configs in the j7200_evm_r5_defconfig
so that the R5 SPL can support the loading of firmware files from a boot
media/file system.
Signed-off-by: Suman Anna <s-anna@ti.com>
Add a generic fs_loader node to the K3 J7200 R5 common board dts
file and use it as the chosen firmware-loader so that it can be
used for loading various firmwares from a boot media/filesystem
in R5 SPL on K3 J7200 EVM.
Signed-off-by: Suman Anna <s-anna@ti.com>
The R5 SPL on J7200 SoCs will be limited to booting just the
MCU R5FSS0 R5F core in LockStep-mode at present, so add the
two required environment variables 'addr_mcur5f0_0load' and
'name_mcur5f0_0fw' that are needed by the R5 SPL early-boot
logic. The firmware name used is also different from that on
J721E SoCs.
Signed-off-by: Suman Anna <s-anna@ti.com>
The A72 U-boot can support early booting of any of the Main or MCU R5F
remote processors from U-boot prompt to achieve various system usecases
before booting the Linux kernel. Update the default BOOTCOMMAND to provide
an automatic and easier way to start various remote processors through
added environment variables.
Signed-off-by: Suman Anna <s-anna@ti.com>
The J7200 SoCs has two R5F sub-systems. Enable the TI K3
R5F remoteproc driver and the remoteproc command options
to allow these R5F processors to be booted from A72 U-Boot.
The Kconfigs are added using savedefconfig.
Signed-off-by: Suman Anna <s-anna@ti.com>
The J7200 SoCs have different number of remote processors, but reuse
the same environment settings as the J721E SoCs. The current env
variable rproc_fw_binaries is geared towards J721E SoCs and is
incorrect for J7200 SoCs. Please see the logic originally added in
commit 0b4ab9c9a7 ("env: ti: j721e-evm: Add support to boot rprocs
including R5Fs and DSPs").
Fix this by defining the DEFAULT_RPROCS macro appropriately using
the corresponding TARGET_EVM Kconfig symbol. This macro is used by
the 'rproc_fw_binaries' env variable in the common remoteproc env
header file k3_rproc.h.
The list of R5F cores to be started before loading and booting the
Linux kernel are as follows, and mainly comprises of the Main R5FSS0
cores in this order:
Main R5FSS0 (Split) Core0 : 2 /lib/firmware/j7200-main-r5f0_0-fw
Main R5FSS0 (Split) Core1 : 3 /lib/firmware/j7200-main-r5f0_1-fw
The MCU R5FSS0 is in LockStep mode and is expected to be booted by
R5 SPL, so it is not included in the list. The order of rprocs to
boot cannot be really modified as only the Main R5FSS0 cores are
involved and Core0 has to be booted first always before the
corresponding Core1.
Signed-off-by: Suman Anna <s-anna@ti.com>
The J7200 SoCs have 2 dual-core Arm Cortex-R5F processor (R5FSS)
subsystems/clusters. One R5F cluster is present within the MCU
domain (MCU_R5FSS0), and the other one is present within the MAIN
domain (MAIN_R5FSS0). Each of these can be configured at boot time
to be either run in a LockStep mode or in an Asymmetric Multi
Processing (AMP) fashion in Split-mode. These subsystems have 64 KB
each Tightly-Coupled Memory (TCM) internal memories for each core
split between two banks - ATCM and BTCM (further interleaved into
two banks). The TCMs of both Cores are combined in LockStep-mode
to provide a larger 128 KB of memory.
Add the DT node for the MAIN domain R5F cluster/subsystem, the two
R5F cores are added as child nodes to the main cluster/subsystem node.
The cluster is configured to run in Split-mode by default, with the
ATCMs enabled to allow the R5 cores to execute code from DDR with
boot-strapping code from ATCM. The inter-processor communication
between the main A72 cores and these processors is achieved through
shared memory and Mailboxes.
Signed-off-by: Suman Anna <s-anna@ti.com>
The J7200 SoCs have 2 dual-core Arm Cortex-R5F processor (R5FSS)
subsystems/clusters. One R5F cluster is present within the MCU
domain (MCU_R5FSS0), and the other one is present within the MAIN
domain (MAIN_R5FSS0). Each of these can be configured at boot time
to be either run in a LockStep mode or in an Asymmetric Multi
Processing (AMP) fashion in Split-mode. These subsystems have 64 KB
each Tightly-Coupled Memory (TCM) internal memories for each core
split between two banks - ATCM and BTCM (further interleaved into
two banks). The TCMs of both Cores are combined in LockStep-mode
to provide a larger 128 KB of memory.
Add the DT node for the MCU domain R5F cluster/subsystem, the two
R5F cores are added as child nodes to the main cluster/subsystem node.
The cluster is configured to run in LockStep mode by default, with
the ATCMs enabled to allow the R5 cores to execute code from DDR with
boot-strapping code from ATCM. The inter-processor communication
between the main A72 cores and these processors is achieved through
shared memory and Mailboxes.
Signed-off-by: Suman Anna <s-anna@ti.com>
The A72 U-Boot code can load and boot a number of the available
R5FSS Cores on the J7200 SoC. Change the memory attributes for the
DDR regions used by the remote processors so that the cores can see
and execute the proper code.
The J7200 SoC has less number of remote processors compared to J721E,
so use less memory for the remote processors. So, a separate table
based on the current J721E table is added for J7200 SoCs, and selected
using the appropriate Kconfig CONFIG_TARGET_J7200_A72_EVM symbol.
Signed-off-by: Suman Anna <s-anna@ti.com>
The K3 J7200 SoC family has a revised R5F sub-system and contains a
subset of the R5F clusters present on J721E SoCs. The integration of
these clusters is very much similar to J721E SoCs otherwise.
The revised IP has the following two new features:
1. TCMs are auto-initialized during module power-up, and the behavior
is programmable through a MMR bit controlled by System Firmware.
2. The LockStep-mode allows the Core1 TCMs to be combined with the
Core0 TCMs effectively doubling the amount of TCMs available.
The LockStep-mode on previous SoCs could only use the Core0 TCMs.
This combined TCMs appear contiguous at the respective Core0 TCM
addresses.
Add the support to these clusters in the K3 R5F remoteproc driver
using J7200 specific compatibles and revised logic accounting for
the above IP features/differences.
Signed-off-by: Suman Anna <s-anna@ti.com>
The K3 J7200 SoCs have two dual-core Arm R5F clusters/subsystems, with
2 R5F cores each, one in each of the MCU and MAIN voltage domains.
These clusters are a revised version compared to those present on
J721E SoCs. Update the K3 R5F remoteproc bindings with the compatible
info relevant to these R5F clusters/subsystems on K3 J7200 SoCs.
Signed-off-by: Suman Anna <s-anna@ti.com>
The commit 316c927135 ("include: configs: j721e_evm: Add env variables
for mcu_r5fss0_core0 & main_r5fss0_core0") added four different new env
variables 'addr_mainr5f0_0load', 'name_mainr5f0_0fw', 'addr_mcur5f0_0load'
and 'name_mcur5f0_0fw' to the generic environment, but these are only
needed and used in R5 SPL for early-booting the MCU R5FSS0 and Main
R5FSS0 Core0 on J721E SoCs.
These are not really needed for A72 U-Boot, so limit the scope of
these variables only to R5 SPL. While at this, also fix the loadaddr
variable values to include the hex prefix like with other such env
variables.
Cc: Keerthy <j-keerthy@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Suman Anna <s-anna@ti.com>
The default rproc list currently used by A72 U-Boot to boot various
remote processors include the Main R5FSS0 (Split-mode) Core1, Main
R5FSS1 (LockStep mode) Core0 and the three DSPs. The Main R5FSS1 cluster
is configured for Split mode by default in the dts now, so add the
Main R5FSS1 Core1 (rproc #5) to the default rproc boot list. This
core is now booted after the Main R5FSS1 Core0 and before the DSPs.
The order of the rprocs to boot can always be changed at runtime if
desired by overwriting the 'rproc_fw_binaries' environment variable
at U-boot prompt. Note that the R5FSS Core1 cannot be booted before
its associated Core0.
Signed-off-by: Suman Anna <s-anna@ti.com>
Switch the MAIN R5FSS1 cluster to be configured for Split-mode as the
default so that two different applications can be run on each of the
R5F cores in performance mode. LockStep-mode would be available only
on SoCs efused with the appropriate bit, and Split-mode is the mode
that is available on all J721E SoCs.
Signed-off-by: Suman Anna <s-anna@ti.com>
Enable configs required to support HyperFlash boot and detection of
onboard mux switch for HyperFlash selection
Signed-off-by: Vignesh Raghavendra <vigneshr@ti.com>
On J7200 SoC OSPI and HypeFlash are muxed at HW level and only one of
them can be used at any time. J7200 EVM has both HyperFlash and OSPI
flash on board. There is a user switch (SW3.1) that can be toggled to
select OSPI flash vs HyperFlash.
Read the state of this switch via wkup_gpio0_6 line and fixup the DT
nodes to select OSPI vs HyperFlash
Signed-off-by: Vignesh Raghavendra <vigneshr@ti.com>
HBMC controller on TI K3 SoC provides MMIO access to HyperFlash similar
to legacy Parallel CFI NOR flashes. Therefore alias HyperFlash bootmode
to NOR boot to enable SPL to load next stage using NOR boot flow.
Signed-off-by: Vignesh Raghavendra <vigneshr@ti.com>
Add SH4 R2Dplus machine configured to test various U-Boot PCI ethernet
options -- RTL8139, EEPRO100, AMD PCnet, DEC Tulip.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Use mmc_of_parse() to set the common host properties. That includes
"bus-width", so parsing it can be removed from the driver.
But more importantly, "non-removable" is now respected, which fixes
the usage of eMMC.
Signed-off-by: Andre Heider <a.heider@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Konstantin Porotchkin <kostap@marvell.com>
Tested-by: Marek Behún <marek.behun@nic.cz>
Since the introduction of 'get_cd' callback in sdhci core,
dragonboard410c's MMC interface is broken. It turns out that 'get_cd'
callback checks for the host_caps for validating the chip select. And
since the msm_sdhci driver is not parsing the host_caps from DT, not
all of the cababilities are parsed properly. This results in the MMC
interfaces to be broken.
Hence, fix this by adding a call to 'mmc_of_parse' during driver probe.
Signed-off-by: Manivannan Sadhasivam <manivannan.sadhasivam@linaro.org>
Tested-by: Aníbal Limón <anibal.limon@linaro.org>
Reviewed-By: Ramon Fried <rfried.dev@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Jaehoon Chung <jh80.chung@samsung.com>
Before calling do_reset() in the EFI selftest we must restore the global
data pointer.
Fixes: fa63753f86 ("efi_selftest: substitute ResetSystem() by do_reset()")
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
On RISC-V the global data pointer is stored in register gp. When a UEFI
binary calls the EFI API we have to restore it.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Function set_gd() is needed in the UEFI sub-system if the global data
pointer is stored in a register.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
efi_var_mem_notify_exit_boot_services() is invoked when ExitBootServices()
is called by the UEFI payload.
efi_var_mem_notify_exit_boot_services() should not be defined as
__efi_runtime as it is invoking EFI_ENTRY() and EFI_EXIT() which themselves
are not __efi_runtime.
Fixes: f1f990a8c9 ("efi_loader: memory buffer for variables")
Fixes: e01aed47d6 ("efi_loader: Enable run-time variable support for tee based variables")
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Acked-by: Ilias Apalodimas <ilias.apalodimas@linaro.org>
Fixes problem for unaligned 32bit big-endian access in
lib/rsa/rsa-keyprop.c.
Exchanges br_i32_decode() with get_unaligned_be32().
This will keep the unaligned access for architectures capable and will do
some byte-shift magic for the not so capable ones.
Reported-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Signed-by: Robert Reither <robert.reither@external.thalesgroup.com>
Remove unused include.
Reviewed-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
The environment variable test uses function validate_empty() to check that
a variable is not defined. If the hush parser is not enabled, we cannot
refer to a variable by $var_name but only by ${var_name}.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Acked-by: Stephen Warren <swarren@nvidia.com>
HTML documentation is generated in doc/output/. This directory shall be
deleted by 'make mrproper'
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Nand writes should skip the bad blocks with "nand write" command.
In case of bad blocks with above 32-bit address, nand_block_isbad()
returns false due to truncated bad block address.
In below code segment,
if (nand_block_isbad(mtd, offset & ~(mtd->erasesize - 1)))
offset is 64-bit and mtd->erasesize is 32-bit, hence the truncation is
happening. Cast 'mtd->erasesize' with loff_t to fix this issue.
Signed-off-by: T Karthik Reddy <t.karthik.reddy@xilinx.com>
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
This patch adds a sanity check that avoids 'size' to overflow and crash when
importing an environment that contains a checksum. Example with the wrong size
that causes the crash:
=> env import -c 0x4100000 3 v1
This assumes that v1 has already been successfully exported with
'env export -c -s 0x100 0x4100000 v1'
Signed-off-by: Pedro Aguilar <pedro.aguilar@vimar.com>
In bootm_load_os() the OS image is decompressed. In later stages of the
boot process we need the decompressed size of the image.
Update images->os.image_len after decompression.
Passing the correct size is necessary if we want to check loaded EFI
binararies for file truncation by comparing the loaded size to the header
field SizeOfImage.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Kconfig provides several config options for setting up default variables
but these are unused when variables are passed to U-Boot via file.
That's why cover this dependency in Kconfig.
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
On the mt7623 platform, if one port enable fail and other port
enable succeed. It will hang on when using pci enum
because the resource was not released correctly.
Signed-off-by: Chuanjia Liu <Chuanjia.Liu@mediatek.com>
Tested-by: Frank Wunderlich <frank-w@public-files.de>
Include ast2500-evb.dtb for CONFIG_ASPEED_AST2500 instead of
for all aspeed targets.
ast2400 is based on ARM926EJ-S processor (ARMv5-architecture).
ast2500 is based on ARM1176JZS processor (ARMv6-architecture).
ast2600 is based on Cortex A7 processor (ARMv7-A architecture).
Each of the above SOC is using a different ARM CPU(s) with different ARM
architecture revision. It is not possible to support all 3 of these
families in a single binary. So there is no need to build ast2500-evb.dtb
for other SOC families.
Signed-off-by: Thirupathaiah Annapureddy <thiruan@linux.microsoft.com>
On the mt7623 platform, if one port enable fail and other port
enable succeed. It will hang on when using pci enum
because the resource was not released correctly.
Signed-off-by: Chuanjia Liu <Chuanjia.Liu@mediatek.com>
Tested-by: Frank Wunderlich <frank-w@public-files.de>
Enable options SYS_WHITE_ON_BLACK to permit HDMI background
screen from white to back, also enable USB_KEYBOARD.
Signed-off-by: Anand Moon <linux.amoon@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Neil Armstrong <narmstrong@baylibre.com>
Signed-off-by: Neil Armstrong <narmstrong@baylibre.com>
Import Qualcomm IPQ4019 GCC bindings from Linux.
This will enable using bindings instead of raw clock numbers both in the driver and DTS like Linux does.
Signed-off-by: Robert Marko <robert.marko@sartura.hr>
Cc: Luka Perkov <luka.perkov@sartura.hr>
v2: modify title description aspeed:clock -> clock:aspeed
Use kernel include/dt-bindings/clock/aspeed-clock.h define
for clock driver.
Signed-off-by: Ryan Chen <ryan_chen@aspeedtech.com>
Reviewed-by: Chia-Wei, Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
Chimp is a core in Broadcom netxtream controller (bnxt).
Add support to check bnxt's chimp component status.
Signed-off-by: Rayagonda Kokatanur <rayagonda.kokatanur@broadcom.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Add command to update the environmental variables which
are used to read the data from QSPI offsets and load
the binaries to bnxt.
Signed-off-by: Vikas Gupta <vikas.gupta@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Rayagonda Kokatanur <rayagonda.kokatanur@broadcom.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
PLL4Q is supplying both FDCAN and LTDC. In case HDMI is in use, the
50 MHz generated from PLL4Q cannot be divided well enough to produce
accurate clock for HDMI pixel clock. Adjust it to generate 74.25 MHz
instead. The PLL4P/PLL4R are generating 99 MHz instead of 100 MHz,
which is in tolerance for the SDMMC.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Cc: Gerald Baeza <gerald.baeza@st.com>
Cc: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
Cc: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@st.com>
Reviewed-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
There is no dedicated pull resistor on the AV96 UART4 (console UART)
pin. In case there is no UART adapter installed on the AV96, the line
is floating and can trigger reception of garbage characters, which in
turn can abort U-Boot autoboot. Add default pull up to mitigate this
problem.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Cc: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
Cc: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@st.com>
Reviewed-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
Remove the unnecessary inversion on the eth_env_set_enetaddr() result which
only make complex the code of setup_mac_address() and display an invalid
value in the associated pr_err.
Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
Reviewed-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Supporting USB keyboards out of the box is both handy for development
and production. Notably if u-boot is used to boot into GRUB. This patch
adds USB keyboard support for 32 bit RPi4 config.
Signed-off-by: Matthias Brugger <mbrugger@suse.com>
The commit 57805f2270 ("net: bcmgenet: Don't set ID_MODE_DIS when
not using RGMII") needed to be extended for the case of using the
rgmii-rxid. The latest version of the Rasbperry Pi4 dtb files for the
5.4 now specify the rgmii-rxid.
Signed-off-by: Jason Wessel <jason.wessel@windriver.com>
Tested-by: Petr Tesarik <ptesarik@suse.com>
Signed-off-by: Matthias Brugger <mbrugger@suse.com>
This commit fixes a serious issue occurring when several network
commands are run on a raspberry pi 4 board: for instance a "dhcp"
command and then one or several "tftp" commands. In this case,
packet recv callbacks were called several times on the same packets,
and send function was failing most of the time.
note: if the boot procedure is made of a single network
command, the issue is not visible.
The issue is related to management of the packet ring buffers
(producer / consumer) and DMA.
Each time a packet is received, the ethernet device stores it
in the buffer and increments an index called RDMA_PROD_INDEX.
Each time the driver outputs a received packet, it increments
another index called RDMA_CONS_INDEX.
Between each pair of network commands, as part of the driver
'start' function, previous code tried to reset both RDMA_CONS_INDEX
and RDMA_PROD_INDEX to 0. But RDMA_PROD_INDEX cannot be written from
driver side, thus its value was actually not updated, and only
RDMA_CONS_INDEX was reset to 0. This was resulting in a major
synchronization issue between the driver and the device. Most
visible behavior was that the driver seemed to receive again the
packets from the previous commands (e.g. DHCP response packets
"received" again when performing the first TFTP command).
This fix consists in setting RDMA_CONS_INDEX to the same
value as RDMA_PROD_INDEX, when resetting the driver.
The same kind of fix was needed on the TX side, and a few variables
had to be reset accordingly (c_index, tx_index, rx_index).
The rx_index and tx_index have only 256 entries so the bottom 8 bits
must be masked off.
Originated-by: Etienne Dublé <etienne.duble@imag.fr>
Signed-off-by: Jason Wessel <jason.wessel@windriver.com>
Tested-by: Petr Tesarik <ptesarik@suse.com>
Signed-off-by: Matthias Brugger <mbrugger@suse.com>
As the error message is now displayed by generic phy functions,
the pr_err can be change to pr_debug.
Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
Acked-by: Neil Armstrong <narmstrong@baylibre.com>
As the error message is now displayed by generic phy functions,
the dev_err/pr_err can be change to dev_dbg/pr_debug.
Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
As the error message is now displayed by generic phy functions,
the pr_err can be change to pr_debug.
Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
As the error message is now displayed by generic phy functions,
the pr_err can be change to pr_debug.
Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
As the error message is now displayed by generic phy functions,
the dev_err can be change to dev_dbg.
Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
As the error message is now displayed by generic phy functions,
the pr_err can be change to pr_idebug.
Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
Since the current code base is mostly from btrfs-progs, anyone
contributing to U-Boot btrfs code could also help us to improve
btrfs-progs and btrfs kernel module.
Also add myself as designated reviewer.
Signed-off-by: Qu Wenruo <wqu@suse.com>
Reviewed-by: Marek Behún <marek.behun@nic.cz>
This cleans up the now unneeded code from the old btrfs implementation.
Signed-off-by: Qu Wenruo <wqu@suse.com>
Reviewed-by: Marek Behún <marek.behun@nic.cz>
This patch introduces a new function, list_one_subvol(), which will
resolve the path to FS_TREE of one subvolume.
Signed-off-by: Qu Wenruo <wqu@suse.com>
Reviewed-by: Marek Behún <marek.behun@nic.cz>
This patch introduces a new function, get_path_in_subvolume(), which
resolves inode number into path inside a subvolume.
This function will be later used for btrfs subvolume list functionality.
Signed-off-by: Qu Wenruo <wqu@suse.com>
Reviewed-by: Marek Behún <marek.behun@nic.cz>
This version of btrfs_file_read() has the following new features:
- Tries all mirrors
- More handling on unaligned size
- Better compressed extent handling
The old implementation doesn't handle compressed extent with offset
properly: we need to read out the whole compressed extent, then
decompress the whole extent, and only then copy the requested part.
Signed-off-by: Qu Wenruo <wqu@suse.com>
Reviewed-by: Marek Behún <marek.behun@nic.cz>
This implements lookup_data_extent() function for the incoming
new implementation of btrfs_file_read().
Signed-off-by: Qu Wenruo <wqu@suse.com>
Reviewed-by: Marek Behún <marek.behun@nic.cz>
These two functions are used to do sector aligned read, which will be
later used to implement btrfs_file_read().
Signed-off-by: Qu Wenruo <wqu@suse.com>
Reviewed-by: Marek Behún <marek.behun@nic.cz>
Rename btrfs_file_read() and its callees to avoid name conflicts with
the incoming new code.
Signed-off-by: Qu Wenruo <wqu@suse.com>
Reviewed-by: Marek Behún <marek.behun@nic.cz>
After this the only remaining function that still utilizes
__btrfs_lookup_path() is btrfs_read().
Signed-off-by: Qu Wenruo <wqu@suse.com>
Reviewed-by: Marek Behún <marek.behun@nic.cz>
Use extent buffer based infrastructure to re-implement btrfs_readdir().
Along this rework, some small corner cases fixed:
- Subvolume tree mtime
Mtime of a subvolume tree is recorded in its root item, since there is
no INODE_ITEM for it.
This needs extra search from tree root.
- Output the unknown type
If the DIR_ITEM is corrupted, at least don't try to access the memory
out of boundary.
Signed-off-by: Qu Wenruo <wqu@suse.com>
Reviewed-by: Marek Behún <marek.behun@nic.cz>
This is the extent buffer based path lookup routine.
To implement this, btrfs_lookup_dir_item() is crossported from
btrfs-progs, and implements btrfs_lookup_path() from scratch.
Unlike the existing __btrfs_lookup_path(), since btrfs_read_fs_root()
will check whether a root is a orphan at read time, there is no need to
check root backref, this makes the code a little easier to read.
Signed-off-by: Qu Wenruo <wqu@suse.com>
Reviewed-by: Marek Behún <marek.behun@nic.cz>
All existing next_length() caller handles return value > BTRFS_NAME_LEN,
so there is no need to do BTRFS_NAME_LEN check in next_length().
But still, we want to exit early if we're beyond BTRFS_NAME_LEN, so this
patch makes next_length() exit as soon as we're beyond BTRFS_NAME_LEN.
Signed-off-by: Qu Wenruo <wqu@suse.com>
Reviewed-by: Marek Behún <marek.behun@nic.cz>
The existing __btrfs_readlink() can be easily re-implemented using the
extent buffer based btrfs_readlink().
This is the first step to re-implement U-Boot's btrfs code.
Signed-off-by: Qu Wenruo <wqu@suse.com>
Reviewed-by: Marek Behún <marek.behun@nic.cz>
Since the old code is using __btrfs_path/__btrfs_root which is different
from the regular extent buffer based one, we add "__" prefix for the old
implementation to avoid name conflicts for the incoming crossport.
Signed-off-by: Qu Wenruo <wqu@suse.com>
Reviewed-by: Marek Behún <marek.behun@nic.cz>
open_ctree_fs_info() is the main entry point to open btrfs.
This version is a simplfied version of __open_ctree_fd() of btrfs-progs,
the main differences are:
- Parameters on how to specify a block device
Instead of @fd and @path, U-Boot uses blk_desc and disk_partition_t.
- Remove open_ctree flags
There won't be multiple open ctree modes in U-Boot.
Otherwise functions structures are all kept the same.
With open_ctree_fs_info() implemented, also introduce the global
current_fs_info pointer to show the current opened btrfs.
Signed-off-by: Qu Wenruo <wqu@suse.com>
Reviewed-by: Marek Behún <marek.behun@nic.cz>
These two functions play a big role in btrfs bootstrap.
The following function is removed:
- Seed device support
Although in theory we can still support multiple devices, we don't have
a facility in U-Boot to do device scan without opening them.
Signed-off-by: Qu Wenruo <wqu@suse.com>
Reviewed-by: Marek Behún <marek.behun@nic.cz>
This patch copies the core function, btrfs_search_slot(), from
btrfs-progs.
This version has the following functionality removed:
- The ability to COW tree block
Related code is commented out, and can be enabled in the future.
- The readahead functionality
This is abused in kernel. Remove it completely.
With the core function in place, btrfs developers should feel at home now.
This also crossports supporting code like btrfs_previous_item() to
ctree.[ch].
Signed-off-by: Qu Wenruo <wqu@suse.com>
Reviewed-by: Marek Behún <marek.behun@nic.cz>
Crossport struct btrfs_root to ctree.h from btrfs-progs, with write
related members deleted.
Signed-off-by: Qu Wenruo <wqu@suse.com>
Reviewed-by: Marek Behún <marek.behun@nic.cz>
This is to avoid naming conflicts between extent buffer based
btrfs_root.
Signed-off-by: Qu Wenruo <wqu@suse.com>
Reviewed-by: Marek Behún <marek.behun@nic.cz>
To avoid name conflicting between the extent buffer based btrfs_path
from btrfs-progs, rename struct btrfs_path to struct __btrfs_path.
Also rename btrfs_free_path() to __btrfs_free_path() to avoid conflicts.
Signed-off-by: Qu Wenruo <wqu@suse.com>
Reviewed-by: Marek Behún <marek.behun@nic.cz>
This is the one of the basic stone function for btrfs, which:
- Resolves the chunk mappings
- Reads data from disk
- Does various sanity check
With read_tree_block(), we can finally crossport needed btrfs btree
operations to U-Boot.
Signed-off-by: Qu Wenruo <wqu@suse.com>
Reviewed-by: Marek Behún <marek.behun@nic.cz>
This patch crossports volumes.[ch] from btrfs-progs, including:
- btrfs_map_block()
The core mechanism to map btrfs logical address to physical address.
This version includes multi-device support, along with RAID56 support.
- btrfs_scan_one_device()
This is the function to register one btrfs device to the list.
This is the main part of the multi-device btrfs assembling process.
Although we're not going to support multiple devices until U-Boot
allows us to scan one device without actually opening it.
Signed-off-by: Qu Wenruo <wqu@suse.com>
Reviewed-by: Marek Behún <marek.behun@nic.cz>
[trini: Use %zu in a debug print to avoid warning]
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
This brings all structure accessors from btrfs-progs/ctree.h, as in
kernel's ctree.h.
All these accessors handle the endian convert at runtime, and since all
of them are defined as static inline functions, those which aren't used
won't take space in resulting binary.
Signed-off-by: Qu Wenruo <wqu@suse.com>
Reviewed-by: Marek Behún <marek.behun@nic.cz>
This brings the extent_io_tree infrastructure, with which we can finally
bring in proper btrfs_fs_info structure to ctree.h.
With read/write_extent_buffer() implemented we also backport
read/write_eb_member() to ctree.h.
Signed-off-by: Qu Wenruo <wqu@suse.com>
Reviewed-by: Marek Behún <marek.behun@nic.cz>
This patch implements an infrastructure to insert/search/merge an extent
range (with variable length).
This provides the basis for later extent buffer cache used in btrfs.
Signed-off-by: Qu Wenruo <wqu@suse.com>
Reviewed-by: Marek Behún <marek.behun@nic.cz>
This patch uses generic code from btrfs-progs to read one super block
from block device.
To support the btrfs-progs coding style, the following is also
crossported:
- BTRFS_SETGET_FUNC for btrfs_super_block
- btrfs_check_super() function
- Move btrfs_read_superblock() to disk-io.[ch]
Since super.c only contains pretty small amount of code, and
the extra check will be covered in later root read patches.
Differences between this implementation and btrfs-progs:
- No sbflags/sb_bytenr support
Since we only need to read the primary super block (like kernel),
sbflags/sb_bytenr used by super block recovery is not needed.
This also changes the following behavior of U-Boot btrfs:
- Only reads the primary super block
The old implementation reads all 3 super blocks, and also one
non-existing backup.
This is not correct, especially if there is another filesystem created
on the device but old superblocks are not rewritten.
Just like kernel, we only check the primary super block.
Signed-off-by: Qu Wenruo <wqu@suse.com>
Reviewed-by: Marek Behún <marek.behun@nic.cz>
[trini: Change error to be a define in compat.h]
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
This mostly crossports crypto/hash.[ch] from btrfs-progs.
The differences are:
- No blake2 support
No blake2 related library in U-Boot yet.
- Use uboot xxhash/sha256 directly
No need to implement the code as U-Boot has already provided the
interface.
This adds the support for the following csums:
- SHA256
- XXHASH
Signed-off-by: Qu Wenruo <wqu@suse.com>
Reviewed-by: Marek Behún <marek.behun@nic.cz>
This version includes all needed on-disk format from kernel.
Only need to modify the include headers for U-Boot, everything else is
untouched.
Also, since U-Boot btrfs is using a different endian convert timing (at
tree block read time), it needs some forced type conversion before
proper crossport.
Signed-off-by: Qu Wenruo <wqu@suse.com>
Reviewed-by: Marek Behún <marek.behun@nic.cz>
Pull request for UEFI sub-system for efi-2020-10-rc4
Bug fixes are provided in the following areas:
* convert file system debug and print messages go log messages
* convert UEFI booting messages to log messages
* UEFI related code clean up and simplification
* Eliminate superfluous enum value EFI_TABLE_END.
* Use correct variable type for the memory type.
* Check validity of memory type.
* Make efi_build_mem_table static.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Currently if the bootefi command fails due to missing authentication, the
user gets no feedback.
Write a log message 'Image not authenticated' if LoadImage() fails due to
missing authentication.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Write log messages when booting via the bootefi command to allow tracking
on the syslog server. Example messages are
Booting /snp.efi
or
Booting /MemoryMapped(0x0,0x4fe00000,0x35a40)
Loading image failed
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Use log functions for error and debug messages of the file-system.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Instead of querying SDM for FPGA configuration status through mailbox
messages, U-Boot now checks System Manager's FPGA Config status register
for FPGA configuration status before resetting bridge.
Signed-off-by: Chee Hong Ang <chee.hong.ang@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Ley Foon Tan <ley.foon.tan@intel.com>
It was revealed that when the fastboot_tx_write_str function is called
without the previously initialized fastboot_func->in_req->complete field,
a copy of in_req will be sent to the I/O requests queue without
an initialized field.
Moving a piece of code with the initializing of the
fastboot_func->in_req->complete field above transmit_tx allows to solve
this problem.
Fixes: 65c96757fe "usb: fastboot: Convert USB f_fastboot to shared fastboot"
Signed-off-by: yurii.pidhornyi <yurii.pidhornyi@globallogic.com>
Since the USB HID limits the maximum bandwidth(3072) for interrupt
endpoint transfers, when the bInterval set to 1, we can only support 3
boards to run sdp at the same time. In order to support more boards,
change the bInterval of interrupt endpoint to 3, which will not affect
the transmission speed.
Reviewed-by: Ye Li <ye.li@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Sherry Sun <sherry.sun@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
EP0 has been used to transfer file data in sdp before, but the max
packetsize of ep0 is 64 bytes. So in order to improve the file transfer
speed, here add the EP1_OUT interrupt endpoint which max packetsize is
set to 1024 byte.
After testing, it turns out that using ep1out is twice as fast as using
ep0 while receiving data in sdp.
Signed-off-by: Sherry Sun <sherry.sun@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Ye Li <ye.li@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
Add g_dnl_get_board_bcd_device_number, the new BCD value is used by uuu to distinguish
if the SPL supports the SDPV.
Signed-off-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Lukasz Majewski <lukma@denx.de>
Add support to f_sdp to search and load iMX8 container image or iMX8M
FIT image by new UUU command SDPV.
When using the SDPV, the uuu will continue to send out data after first
level boot loader used by ROM. This means uuu won't skip to the offset
of the second boot loader, and the padding data before second boot loader
will be sent out. So we have to search the FIT header or container header
in the buffer that SDP received.
Also change to more common method to exit f_sdp handler not depending on
SPL_FIT_FOUND flag because container loader won't set this.
Signed-off-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
Because the buffer length of sdp usb request is 65, we have to allocate
65 bytes not 64 bytes. Otherwise there is potential buffer overflow.
Signed-off-by: Ye Li <ye.li@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Lukasz Majewski <lukma@denx.de>
Add HS endpoint descriptor for SDP. So that we can use high speed endpoint,
and the SDP device can send packet with 512 byte size.
Signed-off-by: Ye Li <ye.li@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Lukasz Majewski <lukma@denx.de>
MAX3420 implements FullSpeed USB Device over SPI.
Another version MAX3421, also implements USB Host mode.
This driver should be good for the device mode of max3421 as well.
Signed-off-by: Jassi Brar <jaswinder.singh@linaro.org>
Default implementation of fastboot_set_reboot_flag function that depends
on "bcb" commands could be used in general case if there are no need to
make any platform-specific implementation, otherwise it could be
disabled via Kconfig option FASTBOOT_USE_BCB_SET_REBOOT_FLAG.
Please note that FASTBOOT_USE_BCB_SET_REBOOT_FLAG is mutually exclusive
with some platforms which already have their own implementation of this
function.
Signed-off-by: Roman Kovalivskyi <roman.kovalivskyi@globallogic.com>
Android 10 adds support for dynamic partitions and in order to support
this userspace fastboot must be used[1]. New tool fastbootd is
included into recovery.
Userspace fastboot works from recovery and is launched if:
1) - Dynamic partitioning is enabled
2) - Boot control block has 'boot-fastboot' value into command field
The bootloader is expected to load and boot into the recovery image
upon seeing boot-fastboot in the BCB command. Recovery then parses the
BCB message and switches to fastbootd mode[2].
Please note that boot script is expected to handle 'boot-fastboot'
command in BCB and load into recovery mode.
Bootloader must support 'reboot fastboot' command which should reboot
device into userspace fastboot to accomodate those changes[3].
Another command that bootloader must support[3] is 'reboot recovery'. This
command should simply reboot device into recovery mode.
[1] - https://source.android.com/devices/bootloader/fastbootd
[2] - https://source.android.com/devices/bootloader/fastbootd#unified_fastboot_and_recovery
[3] - https://source.android.com/devices/bootloader/fastbootd#modifications_to_the_bootloader
Signed-off-by: Roman Kovalivskyi <roman.kovalivskyi@globallogic.com>
Signed-off-by: Roman Stratiienko <r.stratiienko@gmail.com>
Change-Id: I9d2bdc9a6f6f31ea98572fe155e1cc8341e9af76
Extend fastboot_set_reboot_flag arguments with reboot reason so that
it could handle different reboot cases in future.
Signed-off-by: Roman Kovalivskyi <roman.kovalivskyi@globallogic.com>
The environment variable loadaddr is in the virtual address space of the
sandbox. To get the actual memory address where the FIT image has been
loaded we have to convert this address according to the memory mapping of
the sandbox.
Equally the addresses in the *.its file have to be converted when used in
the dfu_ram driver.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
For testing automated updates via dfu and mtd we need the dfu and mtd
commands as well as preboot support.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
%s/parameteres/parameters/g
Even if a line exceeds 80 characters we should not split output strings
to make debugging easier.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Add support for defining raw fastboot partitions in eMMC by specifying
the offset and size in an environment variable. Optionally, the eMMC
hardware partition number may also be specified.
This makes it possible to e.g. update only part of the eMMC boot
partition, instead of having to write the entire partition.
Signed-off-by: Filip Brozovic <fbrozovic@gmail.com>
When unregister gadget driver in ci_udc, the usb device is not
removed or stop. This causes next "usb start" fails to work.
Add a new interface "usb_remove_ehci_gadget" in usb-uclass to
remove the usb device for DM driver. Using "usb_lowlevel_stop" for
non-DM driver.
Signed-off-by: Ye Li <ye.li@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
The usb mass storage (f_mass_storage.c) uses fixed usb index 0,
this causes problem while CDNS3 USB controller index is 1.
Modify the API of fsg to pass the controller index.
Reviewed-by: Jun Li <jun.li@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Ye Li <ye.li@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
The original rtl_clear_bp() is used to clear the firmware of both
PLA and USB MCU. The new one could clear the firmware of PLA or
USB independently. It is unnecessary to clear firmware, if there
is no one to be updated.
Besides, clear the firmware by writing the relative registers in
bulk.
Signed-off-by: Hayes Wang <hayeswang@realtek.com>
Reset bmu after disabling Tx/Rx. This is used to clear the FIFO of
Tx/Rx. The remained data may be transferred after Tx/Rx is re-enabled.
And it results in garbage data.
Signed-off-by: Hayes Wang <hayeswang@realtek.com>
If the SCIF is receiving data quickly enough, it may happen that the
SCxSR_RDxF flag is cleared in sh_serial_getc_generic(), while the
FIFO still contains data. If that happens, the serial_getc_check()
reports no data in the FIFO as the flag is no longer set. Add one
more check, if the SCxSR_RDxF is not set, read out the FIFO level
and if there are still characters in the FIFO, permit reading them
out.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@gmail.com>
Cc: Nobuhiro Iwamatsu <iwamatsu@nigauri.org>
start.S does nothing and can be safely removed. Makefile is still being used
by the build system, so simply replace the rule in it. We use stub C-file
like it's done for other boards.
Signed-off-by: Andy Shevchenko <andriy.shevchenko@linux.intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
start.S does nothing and can be safely removed. Makefile is still being used
by the build system, so simply drop the rule from it.
Signed-off-by: Andy Shevchenko <andriy.shevchenko@linux.intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
start.S does nothing and can be safely removed. Makefile is still being used
by the build system, so simply drop the rule from it.
Signed-off-by: Andy Shevchenko <andriy.shevchenko@linux.intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
start.S does nothing and can be safely removed. Makefile is still being used
by the build system, so simply drop the rule from it.
Signed-off-by: Andy Shevchenko <andriy.shevchenko@linux.intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
start.S does nothing and can be safely removed. Makefile is still being used
by the build system, so simply drop the rule from it.
Signed-off-by: Andy Shevchenko <andriy.shevchenko@linux.intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
start.S does nothing and can be safely removed. Makefile is still being used
by the build system, so simply drop the rule from it.
Signed-off-by: Andy Shevchenko <andriy.shevchenko@linux.intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
start.S does nothing and can be safely removed. Makefile is still being used
by the build system, so simply drop the rule from it.
Signed-off-by: Andy Shevchenko <andriy.shevchenko@linux.intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
start.S does nothing and can be safely removed. Makefile is still being used
by the build system, so simply drop the rule from it.
Signed-off-by: Andy Shevchenko <andriy.shevchenko@linux.intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
start.S does nothing and can be safely removed. Makefile is still being used
by the build system, so simply drop the rule from it.
Signed-off-by: Andy Shevchenko <andriy.shevchenko@linux.intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
start.S does nothing and can be safely removed. Makefile is still being used
by the build system, so simply drop the rule from it.
Signed-off-by: Andy Shevchenko <andriy.shevchenko@linux.intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
start.S does nothing and can be safely removed. Makefile is still being used
by the build system, so simply drop the rule from it.
Signed-off-by: Andy Shevchenko <andriy.shevchenko@linux.intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
start.S does nothing and can be safely removed. Makefile is still being used
by the build system, so simply drop the rule from it.
Signed-off-by: Andy Shevchenko <andriy.shevchenko@linux.intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
The command 'mtrr' does not recognize the 'list' subcommand any more
since the code restructuring in commit b2a76b3fe7 ("x86: mtrr:
Restructure so command execution is in one place").
The if-else parsing the command arguments does not take 'list' into
account: the if-branch is intended for no subcommands, the else-branch
is intended for the non-list subcommands (which all expect additional
arguments). Calling the 'mtrr list' subcommand leads to a "return
CMD_RET_USAGE" in the else-branch.
Fix this by changing the else-branch to explicitly checking for
if (cmd != 'l').
Fixes: b2a76b3fe7 ("x86: mtrr: Restructure so command execution is in one place")
Signed-off-by: Wolfgang Wallner <wolfgang.wallner@br-automation.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
- MVEBU Espressobin fixes and enhancements (fix switch security
issue, enable MVNETA, enable SD-card, fix COMPHY nodes, default
env variables, etc)
- MMC Xenon: Set signal voltage and max base clock
- a37xx PCI driver: Depend on DM_GPIO and remove #ifdef's
Include information about permanent ethernet MAC address and add link how
to build ATF as U-Boot on Espressobin cannot be flashed without ATF.
Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Boot scripts for existing Espressobin Linux distributions, like OpenWRT,
expect that U-Boot set fdt_addr and kernel_addr envs. So add env aliases
from fdt_addr_r and kernel_addr_r values.
Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Tested-by: Andre Heider <a.heider@gmail.com>
Current loadaddr is not writable on Espressobin and 'loadb' command cause
rebooting board. Marvell's U-Boot already set default loadaddr to value
0x06000000 [1] and after this change 'loadb' is working fine.
[1] - 0a5b159806
Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Tested-by: Andre Heider <a.heider@gmail.com>
According to Marvell's U-Boot description [1] current env load addresses
overlaps with ATF RT services region and TEE. Because the ATF RT service
and TEE region is going to be marked as secure and can't be overwritten,
use different different addresses for envs.
[1] - 0a5b159806
Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
Tested-by: Andre Heider <a.heider@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
For proper initialization of aardvark pci driver it is required to
de-assert reset GPIO. So depeneds on DM_GPIO option.
Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Tested-by: Andre Heider <a.heider@gmail.com>
Due to different partition layouts in different U-Boot versions, DTS for
Espressobin in Linux does not contain any definition of MTD partitions.
See commit https://git.kernel.org/stable/c/00954566464a4 for more details.
This patch via ft_board_setup() hook fills current partition layout used by
U-Boot, so booted kernel would see correct MTD partitions layout.
U-Boot env partition is calculated from CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET option.
First partition contains secure firmware, ARM trusted firmware and U-Boot
with checksums. So it is not possible to replace just one image (e.g.
U-Boot) without updating other parts where is stored checksum of U-Boot.
Therefore there is no extra partition defined for U-Boot and first
partition is called just 'firmware'.
Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
Reviewed-by: Konstantin Porotchkin <kostap@marvell.com>
Tested-by: Andre Heider <a.heider@gmail.com>
Espressobin board comes with Marvell's U-Boot version where U-Boot env is
stored in SPI at offset 0x3F0000. This patch changes env offset in
Espressobin defconfig file to match Marvell's U-Boot version.
Users who want to use previous or different env offset can still change it
in .config file when compiling U-Boot.
Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
Reviewed-by: Konstantin Porotchkin <kostap@marvell.com>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Tested-by: Andre Heider <a.heider@gmail.com>
- The SDIO signal voltage and max base clock frequency
setting are missing in driver, which causes SDIO
not working.
- The patch adds SDIO signal voltage switch support,
which is based on regulator-gpio of vqmmc-supply, and
sets the max base clock frequency.
- Fix the zero clock value in call to sdhci_setup_cfg()
function.
Change-Id: I79c8860c65b8db166f4f70db56ede4097f71f1fa
Signed-off-by: Evan Wang <xswang@marvell.com>
Reviewed-on: http://vgitil04.il.marvell.com:8080/53589
Reviewed-by: Hua Jing <jinghua@marvell.com>
Tested-by: Hua Jing <jinghua@marvell.com>
[pali: Amended fixup patch]
Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
Reviewed-by: Konstantin Porotchkin <kostap@marvell.com>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Tested-by: Andre Heider <a.heider@gmail.com>
This change ensures that PCIe card is put into reset state when U-Boot
stops using it.
DM_FLAG_OS_PREPARE ensures that U-Boot executes driver's remove callback
prior booting Linux kernel.
Linux kernel pci-aardvark driver needs to reset PCIe card via PERST# signal
prior initializing it. If it does not issue reset then some PCIe cards
(specially Compex WiFi cards) are not detected at all.
Putting PCIe card into reset state prior booting Linux kernel would ensure
that card would be properly reset at time when Linux kernel starts
initializing pci-aardvark driver.
Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
Reviewed-by: Konstantin Porotchkin <kostap@marvell.com>
Tested-by: Andre Heider <a.heider@gmail.com>
Change active-high to active-low and change DT property name from
reset-gpio to reset-gpios. This format of gpio reset is used by
pci-aardvark driver in Linux kernel.
Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Reviewed-by: Konstantin Porotchkin <kostap@marvell.com>
Tested-by: Andre Heider <a.heider@gmail.com>
This commit fixes initialization of COMPHY on EspressoBin.
Commit 22f418935b ("phy: marvell: a3700: Use comphy_mux on Armada
37xx.") introduced usage of comphy_mux on Armada 37xx comphy driver.
The lanes are defined in comphy_a3700.c as described in functional
specification, that is:
lane 0 is SGMII1 or USB3
lane 1 is PCIe or SGMII0
lane 2 is SATA or USB3
But the DTS for EspressoBin configures PCIe on lane 0 and USB3 on
lane 1, which is wrong in the sense of the specification and doesn't
work with the comphy_mux code, which is 2 years now (the aardvark driver
causes synchronous abort in U-Boot).
It worked till the above mentioned commit, because the code for powering
up PCIe PHY doesn't work with lane number at all, and the code for
powering up USB3 PHY works differently only if USB3 is on lane 2, ie.
the check goes like:
if (lane == 2)
something
else
something else
so it does not differentiate between lanes 0 and 1.
In the future I shall post patches that remove the comphy_a3700 driver
and add comphy driver which uses calls to ATF, like Linux' driver does.
This will have the advantage of same DTS bindings as Linux', but till
this is done, we need this patch.
Signed-off-by: Marek Behún <marek.behun@nic.cz>
Tested-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
Cc: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Tested-by: Andre Heider <a.heider@gmail.com>
By default Topaz switch on Espressobin board forwards packets between all
ethernet ports, including CPU (port 0), wan (port 1) and lan (ports 2,3).
This default U-Boot setup is unsuitable for using Espressobin as router as
it opens security hole in forwarding all packets between wan and lan ports.
E.g. dhcp packets from wan network leaks to lan network during small time
window until U-Boot boots Linux kernel which loads network drivers which
disallows forwarding between wan and lan.
This patch fixes above problem. For Espressobin board prior putting Topaz
switch into forwarding mode, Topaz switch is reconfigured to allow
forwarding packets from wan and lan ports only to CPU port. This ensures
that packets from wan port are not forwarded to lan ports and vice-versa.
Packets from CPU port are still forwarded to all other ports, so U-Boot
network boot works with any ethernet port as before.
This problem was already discussed on Espressobin forum [1] and on
Marvell's github issue tracker [2]. As a workaround people on Espressobin
forum patched U-Boot to completely disable lan ports on Topaz switch which
prevented forwarding packets. That workaround had an issue that U-Boot was
unable to netboot via lan ports anymore. Change in this patch does not have
such issue.
This security issue has been dicussed here as well: [3].
[1] - https://web.archive.org/web/20191231164238/http://espressobin.net/forums/topic/boot-behavior-of-the-switch-and-security/
[2] - https://github.com/MarvellEmbeddedProcessors/u-boot-marvell/issues/18
[3] - https://forum.armbian.com/topic/12635-espressobin-uboot-security-concerns-switch-init-portmask/
Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Tested-by: Andre Heider <a.heider@gmail.com>
There shouldn't be a need to call additional i2c read if above failed
already. Based on comment it should be enough to try to detect legacy
boards which are mentioned in the comment.
Fixes: 2463f6728e ("ti: common: board_detect: Allow DM I2C without CONFIG_DM_I2C_COMPAT")
Fixes: 0bea813d00 ("ARM: omap-common: Add standard access for board description EEPROM")
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
Update the ringacc and udma dt nodes to use the latest RM resource types
similar to the ones used in k3-j721e dt nodes.
Signed-off-by: Lokesh Vutla <lokeshvutla@ti.com>
With ABI 3.0, sysfw deprecated special resource types used for AM65x
SoC. Instead started using device id as resource type similar to the
convention used in J721E SOC.
Signed-off-by: Lokesh Vutla <lokeshvutla@ti.com>
- Fix for gd->ram_top and bootm_size calculations
- Assorted Kconfig entry cleanups / fixes.
- Make checkpatch.pl error on fdt_high/initrd_high=0xffffffff
- Resync scripts/setlocalversion
- Other minor bugfixes
The linux changes since v3.16 are
78283edf2c01 kbuild: setlocalversion: print error to STDERR
b24413180f56 License cleanup: add SPDX GPL-2.0 license identifier to files with no license
6147b1cf1965 scripts/setlocalversion: git: Make -dirty check more robust
8ef14c2c41d9 Revert "scripts/setlocalversion: git: Make -dirty check more robust"
ff64dd485730 scripts/setlocalversion: Improve -dirty check with git-status --no-optional-locks
7a82e3fa28f1 scripts/setlocalversion: clear local variable to make it work for sh
991b78fbd223 scripts: setlocalversion: fix a bashism
3c96bdd0ebfa scripts: setlocalversion: replace backquote to dollar parenthesis
and it's ff64dd485730 that is the motivation for this sync. It fixes
false positive "-dirty" added to the version string when building with
Yocto
(https://lists.openembedded.org/g/openembedded-core/message/137702).
There has been one U-Boot specific patch since this was synced with
linux 3.16: 81630a3b38 (scripts: setlocalversion: safely extract
variables from auto.conf using awk). Keep these changes applied.
Signed-off-by: Rasmus Villemoes <rasmus.villemoes@prevas.dk>
[trini: Re-add 81630a3b38 and reword message]
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
When board_get_usable_ram_top() limits gd->ram_top, env_get_bootm_size()
must not exceed that limit. Otherwise, boot_relocate_fdt() might put fdt
out of the allowed RAM range.
The similar commit 8ce1f10cf2 ("ARM: bootm: take into account
gd->ram_top") exposed this bug.
This fixes boot on Armada 8040 based Clearfog GT-8K where ram_top is set
to 0x80000000 (2GB), but bi_dram[0].size might be up to 0xc0000000
(3GB). Note the relocated fdt address (0xbfff4000) in the console output
listed below:
Found /extlinux/extlinux.conf
Retrieving file: /extlinux/extlinux.conf
62 bytes read in 21 ms (2 KiB/s)
1: linux
Retrieving file: /extlinux/Image
13740544 bytes read in 1266 ms (10.4 MiB/s)
Retrieving file: /extlinux/armada-8040-clearfog-gt-8k.dtb
33368 bytes read in 31 ms (1 MiB/s)
Booting using the fdt blob at 0x4f00000
Loading Device Tree to 00000000bfff4000, end 00000000bffff257 ... "Synchronous Abort" handler, esr 0x96000045
elr: 000000000006e1cc lr : 0000000000068fd8 (reloc)
elr: 000000007ffa91cc lr : 000000007ffa3fd8
x0 : ffffffffffffffff x1 : 00000000bfffc258
x2 : 0000000000000000 x3 : ffffffffffff7da7
x4 : 0000000004f08258 x5 : 00000000bfff4000
x6 : 00000000bfff4000 x7 : 000000000000000f
x8 : 000000007fb23bf8 x9 : 0000000000000008
x10: 00000000bffff257 x11: 00000000bffff257
x12: 0000000000000000 x13: fffffffffffff000
x14: 00000000bfff4000 x15: 0000000000000021
x16: 000000007ff7bc38 x17: 0000000000000000
x18: 000000007fb2add0 x19: 00000000bfff4000
x20: 0000000004f00000 x21: 000000000000b258
x22: 0000000058820000 x23: 0000000000000010
x24: 000000007ffe3c40 x25: 000000007fb23cb8
x26: 00000000c0000000 x27: 0000000000000000
x28: 000000007fc3fd50 x29: 000000007fb23bd0
Code: 54000061 aa0603e0 d65f03c0 38606882 (38206822)
Resetting CPU ...
Thanks to Patrice CHOTARD who directed me to the right way.
Signed-off-by: Baruch Siach <baruch@tkos.co.il>
The commit e519f03a18 ("cmd: mem: Remove CONFIG_SYS_MEMTEST_SCRATCH
mapping") removed CONFIG_SYS_MEMTEST_SCRATCH but commit 0914011310
("command: Remove the cmd_tbl_t typedef") has added it back. That's why
symbol is still in the tree that's why remove it again.
Fixes: 0914011310 ("command: Remove the cmd_tbl_t typedef
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
After allocating to pointer ctx we should check that pointer and not
another pointer already checked above.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Entirely disabling relocation of the device tree or initrd is almost
never the right answer. Doing this by default leads to hard to diagnose
run-time failures.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
ENV_IS_IN_EXT4 also need to enable FS_EXT4 which is not covered in Kconfig.
Kconfig reports this as:
WARNING: unmet direct dependencies detected for EXT4_WRITE
Depends on [n]: FS_EXT4 [=n]
Selected by [y]:
- ENV_IS_IN_EXT4 [=y] && !CHAIN_OF_TRUST [=n]
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
ARC is selecting TIMER which depends on DM but DM is not selected and
doesn't need to be enabled. Fix it by selecting DM for ARC architecture.
Kconfig is showing this missing dependency by:
WARNING: unmet direct dependencies detected for TIMER
Depends on [n]: DM [=n]
Selected by [y]:
- ARC [=y] && <choice>
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
CMD_ADC selected DM_REGULATOR unconditionally without enabling DM.
That's why change select to depends on to cover it.
Kconfig is showing this issue as:
WARNING: unmet direct dependencies detected for REGMAP
Depends on [n]: DM [=n]
Selected by [y]:
- DM_REGULATOR_PBIAS [=y] && DM_REGULATOR [=y]
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
[trini: Update CMD_ADC=y configs to enable DM_REGULATOR now]
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
There is missing dependency for PCIE_ROCKCHIP which selects
PHY_ROCKCHIP_PCIE which directly depends on ARCH_ROCKCHIP.
WARNING: unmet direct dependencies detected for PHY_ROCKCHIP_PCIE
Depends on [n]: ARCH_ROCKCHIP [=n]
Selected by [y]:
- PCIE_ROCKCHIP [=y] && PCI [=y]
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
The indentation was messing up with the scripts/build-whitelist.sh that
was marking SYS_USB_EVENT_POLL_VIA_INT_QUEUE (and probably also the
other indented options) erroneously as ad-hoc configure option with the
following error:
```
Error: You must add new CONFIG options using Kconfig
The following new ad-hoc CONFIG options were detected:
CONFIG_SYS_USB_EVENT_POLL_VIA_INT_QUEUE
```
bi_memstart & bi_memsize are now not referenced any more. This patch
removes their definitions from the bd_info struct.
Signed-off-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Remove printing of the superseeded (by bi_dram[]) memory values from the
bdinfo command.
Signed-off-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Reviewed-by: Ovidiu Panait <ovidiu.panait@windriver.com>
Most likely these deprecated (removed) variables are not needed. Lets
remove the assignments completely from all spl.c files.
Signed-off-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Tested-by: Oleksandr Zhadan and Michael Durrant
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
All platforms support bi_dram[] since quite some time. Lets remove the
and bi_memsize values completely.
Signed-off-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
When this no-op dram_init_banksize() is removed, the weak default will
be used instead, which correctly sets the bi_dram[] banksize values.
Signed-off-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Reviewed-by: Ovidiu Panait <ovidiu.panait@windriver.com>
arch_setup_bdinfo() only configures the deprecated bi_memstart &
bi_memsize values, which should not be needed any more. Lets remove
this file completely.
Signed-off-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Reviewed-by: Ovidiu Panait <ovidiu.panait@windriver.com>
With the planned removal of bi_memstart & bi_memsize, this patch now
moves the references to the better suiting gd->ram_base/ram_size
variables.
Signed-off-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Remove the bi_memstart / bi_memsize assignment in setup_bdinfo() and
make sure, that bd_dram[] is always configured in the weak default
implementation of dram_init_banksize(), when CONFIG_SYS_SDRAM_BASE is
not set.
Signed-off-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Reviewed-by: Ovidiu Panait <ovidiu.panait@windriver.com>
Use only gd->ram_base/_size in env_get_bootm_size() instead of bi_dram[]
in some cases and bi_memstart in others.
Signed-off-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Since commit 86cf1c8285 ("configs: Migrate CONFIG_NR_DRAM_BANKS") &
commit 999a772d9f ("Kconfig: Migrate CONFIG_NR_DRAM_BANKS"),
CONFIG_NR_DRAM_BANKS is always defined with a value (4 is default).
It makes no sense to still carry code that is guarded with
"#ifndef CONFIG_NR_DRAM_BANKS" (and similar). This patch removes
all these unreferenced code paths.
Signed-off-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Reviewed-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
Reviewed-by: Andy Shevchenko <andriy.shevchenko@linux.intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
- Add basic Marvell/Cavium OcteonTX/TX2 support (Suneel)
- Infrastructure changes to PCI uclass to support these SoC's (Suneel)
- Add PCI, MMC & watchdog driver drivers for OcteonTX/TX2 (Suneel)
- Increase CONFIG_SYS_MALLOC_F_LEN for qemu-x86 (Stefan)
- Sipeed Maix support S-mode.
- Provide command sbi.
- Use fdtdec_get_addr_size_auto_parent to get fu540 cache base address.
- Fix a compiler error with CONFIG_SPL_SMP=n.
- Fix sifive ram driver 32 compiler warnings.
- Fix kendryte/pll.h redefine nop() warning.
With the upcoming increase of the malloc area in U-Boot
("pci: pci-uclass: Dynamically allocate the PCI regions"), the CI QEMU
x86 test fails:
U-Boot 2020.10-rc2-g0a668f6d38 (Aug 25 2020 - 06:12:51 +0000)
alloc space exhausted
Error binding driver 'cpu_qemu': -12
Some drivers failed to bind
alloc space exhausted
initcall sequence fff6a760 failed at call fff13b3d (err=-19)
This patch now increases CONFIG_SYS_MALLOC_F_LEN to 0x1000, which is
already used on qemu-x86_64_defconfig.
Signed-off-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Cc: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Cc: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Cc: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
The loading address is too close to the kernel address, so newer kernels
may overlap memory space, so loading the device tree may corrupt zImage.
This patch moves the fdt_addr_r to 0x14000000 which is also consistent
with guidance that the kernel be allocated 32MB. This places it
in the same place as the ramdisk, so this patch moves the ramdisk address
512KB after the fdt.
Signed-off-by: Adam Ford <aford173@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Reviewed-by: Fabio Estevam <festevam@gmail.com>
As explained in the CONFIG_DM_MDIO text inside drivers/net/Kconfig:
"Useful in particular for systems that support
DM_ETH and have a stand-alone MDIO hardware block shared by multiple
Ethernet interfaces."
i.MX6 has a single FEC instance, so there is no need to select
CONFIG_DM_MDIO.
Signed-off-by: Fabio Estevam <festevam@gmail.com>
This patch adds support for all OcteonTX2 96xx/95xx
boards from Marvell.
For 96xx boards, use octeontx_96xx_defconfig and
for 95xx boards, use octeontx_95xx_defconfig.
Signed-off-by: Suneel Garapati <sgarapati@marvell.com>
This patch adds support for all OcteonTX 81xx/83xx
boards from Marvell.
For 81xx boards, use octeontx_81xx_defconfig and
for 83xx boards, use octeontx_83xx_defconfig.
Signed-off-by: Suneel Garapati <sgarapati@marvell.com>
Adds support for Core 0 watchdog poke on OcteonTX and OcteonTX2
platforms.
Signed-off-by: Suneel Garapati <sgarapati@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Adds support for PCI ECAM/PEM controllers found on OcteonTX
or OcteonTX2 SoC platforms.
Signed-off-by: Suneel Garapati <sgarapati@marvell.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Cc: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
For SATA controller found on OcteonTX SoC's, use non-standard PCI BAR0
instead of BAR5.
Signed-off-by: Suneel Garapati <sgarapati@marvell.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
If ARI capability is found on device, use it to update next function
number in bus scan and also helps to skip unnecessary bdf scans.
Signed-off-by: Suneel Garapati <sgarapati@marvell.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Cc: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Makes dm_pci_map_bar API available to map BAR for Virtual function
PCI devices which support Enhanced Allocation.
Signed-off-by: Suneel Garapati <sgarapati@marvell.com>
Cc: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Cc: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
SR-IOV - Single Root I/O Virtualization
PF - Physical Function VF - Virtual Function
If SR-IOV capability is present, use it to initialize Virtual Function
PCI device instances. pci_sriov_init function will read SR-IOV
registers to create VF devices under the PF PCI device and also bind
driver if available. This function needs to be invoked from Physical
function device driver which expects VF device support, creating
minimal impact on existing framework.
Signed-off-by: Suneel Garapati <sgarapati@marvell.com>
Cc: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Cc: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
If Enhanced Allocation capability is present in bridges, use it
to read the fixed sub-ordinate bus number.
Signed-off-by: Suneel Garapati <sgarapati@marvell.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Cc: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Enable PCI memory regions in ranges property to be of multiple entry.
This helps to add support for SoC's like OcteonTX/TX2 where every
peripheral is on PCI bus.
Signed-off-by: Suneel Garapati <sgarapati@marvell.com>
Cc: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Cc: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Fix for the case of a U-Boot configuration with CONFIG_SPL,
CONFIG_I2C_MUX, CONFIG_I2C_MUX_PCA954x, no CONFIG_SPL_DM and no
CONFIG_SPL_I2C_MUX. Without this fix linking of pca954x fails because
dm_write_i2c does not exist because CONFIG_SPL_DM is not defined.
Signed-off-by: Kees Trommel <kees.trommel.contractor@draeger.com>
Cc: Heiko Schocher <hs@denx.de>
This patch fixes a few issues noticed, when testing this new driver on
ARM Octeon TX2 again. Here the details:
- Remove "common.h" header inclusion
- Use correct THP define on Octeon TX2
- Octeon TX2 uses the same compatible as Octeon TX. We can't distinguish
both platforms this way. Remove the unused "cavium,thunder2-99xx-twsi"
compatible and add a check to the Octeon TX2 specific
"cavium,thunderx-i2c" so that the correct driver data is selected.
- Removed "struct pci_device_id" definition and U_BOOT_PCI_DEVICE()
as its not needed for the PCI based probing on Octeon TX2
Signed-off-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Cc: Heiko Schocher <hs@denx.de>
Cc: Daniel Schwierzeck <daniel.schwierzeck@gmail.com>
Cc: Suneel Garapati <sgarapati@marvell.com>
Cc: Aaron Williams <awilliams@marvell.com>
Cc: Chandrakala Chavva <cchavva@marvell.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Schwierzeck <daniel.schwierzeck@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Heiko Schocher <hs@denx.de>
Parse subnode DT properties only if parent node is valid.
Otherwise, assert is triggered on ofnode_valid in ofnode_first_subnode
from dev_for_each_subnode.
Signed-off-by: Suneel Garapati <sgarapati@marvell.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Cc: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Fix argument ordering for map_physmem() called in dm_pci_map_ea_bar().
Additinally minor spelling correction.
Signed-off-by: Suneel Garapati <sgarapati@marvell.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Cc: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Instead of using a fixed length pre-allocated array of regions, this
patch moves to dynamically allocating the regions based on the number
of available regions plus the necessary regions for DRAM banks.
Since MAX_PCI_REGIONS is not needed any more, its removed completely
with this patch.
Signed-off-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Cc: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Cc: Thierry Reding <treding@nvidia.com>
Cc: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@gmail.com>
Marek explained on IRC, that ft_board_setup() is not used / necessary
at all. So its best to just drop it completely, as it interferes with
the cleanup of CONFIG_MAX_PCI_REGIONS (completely removed).
Signed-off-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Suggested-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Since the migration to Kconfig, CONFIG_NR_DRAM_BANKS is configured for
all boards. Hence we can remove the conditional compilation and the code
path that will never get compiled.
Signed-off-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Cc: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Cc: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Provide a command to display information about the SBI implementation.
The output might look like:
=> sbi
SBI 0.2
OpenSBI
Extensions:
sbi_set_timer
sbi_console_putchar
sbi_console_getchar
sbi_clear_ipi
sbi_send_ipi
sbi_remote_fence_i
sbi_remote_sfence_vma
sbi_remote_sfence_vma_asid
sbi_shutdown
SBI Base Functionality
Timer Extension
IPI Extension
RFENCE Extension
Hart State Management Extension
The command can be used to construct a unit test checking that the
communication with the SEE is working.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Reviewed-by: Atish Patra <atish.patra@wdc.com>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bin.meng@windriver.com>
Tested-by: Bin Meng <bin.meng@windriver.com>
Reviewed-by: Pragnesh Patel <pragnesh.patel@openfive.com>
Tested-by: Pragnesh Patel <pragnesh.patel@openfive.com>
Reviewed-by: Rick Chen <rick@andestech.com>
Tested-by: Rick Chen <rick@andestech.com>
Provide a defconfig that can be used to build U-Boot for the Maix boards
running upon OpenSBI.
Update the documentation.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bin.meng@windriver.com>
Reviewed-by: Sean Anderson <seanga2@gmail.com>
Building with CONFIG_SPL_SMP=n results in:
arch/riscv/lib/spl.c: In function ‘jump_to_image_no_args’:
arch/riscv/lib/spl.c:33:6:
error: unused variable ‘ret’ [-Werror=unused-variable]
33 | int ret;
| ^~~
Define the variable ret as __maybe_unused.
Fixes: 191636e448 ("riscv: Introduce SPL_SMP Kconfig option for U-Boot SPL")
Fixes: 8c59f2023c ("riscv: add SPL support")
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bin.meng@windriver.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Rick Chen <rick@andestech.com>
Reviewed-by: Pragnesh Patel <pragnesh.patel@openfive.com>
The kendryte PLL code uses nop as barrier. The macro is not defined for
the sandbox on x86 but is defined on RISC-V.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Reviewed-by: Sean Anderson <seanga2@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bin.meng@windriver.com>
priv->info.size is of type 'size_t' but the length modifier is l.
Fix this by casting priv->info.size. Note 'z' cannot be used as
the modifier as SPL does not support that.
Signed-off-by: Bin Meng <bin.meng@windriver.com>
Reviewed-by: Rick Chen <rick@andestech.com>
Reviewed-by: Pragnesh Patel <pragnesh.patel@openfive.com>
At present fdtdec_get_addr() is used to get L2 cache controller base
address. This only works for a fixed #address-cells and #size-cells.
Change to use fdtdec_get_addr_size_auto_parent() instead.
Signed-off-by: Bin Meng <bin.meng@windriver.com>
Reviewed-by: Rick Chen <rick@andestech.com>
Reviewed-by: Pragnesh Patel <pragnesh.patel@openfive.com>
Pull request for UEFI sub-system for efi-2020-10-rc3 (3)
The following bug fixes are contained in this pull-request:
* ResetSystem() should no hang if not implemented.
* Device paths in Bootxxxx variables should be verified.
* Use ':' as separator for command setenv -e -i instead of ','.
* Correct comments for functions.
* Update UEFI documentation.
Cleaning up the following:
ERROR: do not use assignment in if condition
#281: FILE: drivers/xen/pvblock.c:260:
+ if ((err = xenbus_switch_state(XBT_NIL, nodename,
CHECK:COMPARISON_TO_NULL: Comparison to NULL could be written "err"
#52: FILE: drivers/xen/pvblock.c:298:
+ if (err != NULL) {
ERROR: do not use assignment in if condition
#176: FILE: drivers/xen/gnttab.c:103:
+ if ((flags = nflags) & (GTF_reading | GTF_writing)) {
WARNING: Missing or malformed SPDX-License-Identifier tag in line 1
#329: FILE: include/xen/gnttab.h:1:
+/*
WARNING: Misplaced SPDX-License-Identifier tag - use line 1 instead
#330: FILE: include/xen/gnttab.h:2:
+ * SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0
ERROR: do not use assignment in if condition
#630: FILE: lib/sscanf.c:558:
+ if ((n = inr) < width) {
Signed-off-by: Anastasiia Lukianenko <anastasiia_lukianenko@epam.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
CONFIG_CMD_RUN is set on by default in Kconfig.
Create xenguest_arm64_defconfig by using savedefconfig to avoid unnecessary
options.
Signed-off-by: Anastasiia Lukianenko <anastasiia_lukianenko@epam.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
after review of sam copyright should be on one line and link should
not between author lines
just remove the link and put ryder first as he is author of linux-driver
Signed-off-by: Frank Wunderlich <frank-w@public-files.de>
Fix defects such as uninitialized variables and untrusted pointer
operations. Most part of the tainted variables and the related defects
actually comes from Linux's macro get_unaligned_le**, extensively used
in SquashFS code. Add sanity checks for those variables.
Signed-off-by: Joao Marcos Costa <joaomarcos.costa@bootlin.com>
'log2blksz' in blk_desc structure must always be initialized, otherwise
it will cause a lot of weird failures in file operations.
For example, fs_set_blk_dev[_with_part]() examines a block device against
every file system with its probe function. In particular, ext4 file
system's ext4_probe() will calls fs_devread() to fetch a super block.
If log2blksz is 0, the actual 'read' size, i.e. block_len >> log2blksz, is
much bigger than a buffer's size, and it can end up with memory corruption.
Signed-off-by: AKASHI Takahiro <takahiro.akashi@linaro.org>
Fixes: f4802209e5 ("virtio: Add block driver support")
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Improve SquashFS tests architecture. Add 'Compression' class. LZO
algorithm may crash if the file is fragmented, so the fragments are
disabled when testing LZO.
Signed-off-by: Joao Marcos Costa <joaomarcos.costa@bootlin.com>
Add call to lzo's lzo1x_decompress_safe() into sqfs_decompress().
U-Boot's LZO sources may still have some unsolved issues that could make the
decompression crash when dealing with fragmented files, so those should be
avoided. The "-no-fragments" option can be passed to mksquashfs.
Signed-off-by: Joao Marcos Costa <joaomarcos.costa@bootlin.com>
Add call to ZSTD's ZSTD_decompressDCtx(). In this use case, the caller
can upper bound the decompressed size, which will be the SquashFS data
block (or metadata block) size, so there is no need to use streaming
API. Add ZSTD's worskpace to squashfs_ctxt structure.
Signed-off-by: Joao Marcos Costa <joaomarcos.costa@bootlin.com>
Add sqfs_decompressor_init() and sqfs_decompressor_cleanup(). These
functions are called respectively in sqfs_probe() and sqfs_close(). For
now, only ZSTD requires an initialization logic. ZSTD support will be
added in a follow-up commit.
Move squashfs_ctxt definition to sqfs_filesystem.h. This structure is
passed to sqfs_decompressor_init() and sqfs_decompressor_cleanup(), so
it can no longer be local to sqfs.c.
Signed-off-by: Joao Marcos Costa <joaomarcos.costa@bootlin.com>
There is no reason to bind psci driver if U-Boot runs in EL3 because
SMC/HVC instructions can't be called. That's why detect this state and
don't let user to crash from prompt by performing reset or poweroff
commands (if enabled).
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
Total Compute is based on ARM architecture and has
the following features enabled in u-boot:
- PL011 UART
- PL180 MMC
- NOR Flash
- FIT image with Signature
- AVB
Signed-off-by: Usama Arif <usama.arif@arm.com>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
AVB only uses CONFIG_FASTBOOT_BUF_ADDR from fastboot for memory.
This memory is used for assigning temporary buffers.
This can be assigned a new variable and used as CONFIG_AVB_BUF_ADDR.
This is to support future boards that support AVB but dont support
USB and therefore dont support FASTBOOT.
Signed-off-by: Usama Arif <usama.arif@arm.com>
Cc: Igor Opaniuk <igor.opaniuk@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Acked-by: Igor Opaniuk <igor.opaniuk@gmail.com>
[trini: Change defaults]
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
setenv -e -i <address>,<filesize> can be used to set a UEFI variable
from memory.
For separating an address and a size we use ':' in most commands.
Let's do the same for setenv -e -i.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Bootxxxx variables are provided by the user and therefore cannot be
trusted. We have to validate them before usage.
A device path provided by a Bootxxxx variable must have an end node within
the indicated device path length.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
We need to check that device paths provided via UEFI variables are not
malformed.
Provide function efi_dp_check_length() to check if a device path has an
end node within a given number of bytes.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
The unit test will reset the system by calling the ResetSystem() runtime
service before or after ExitBootServices() according to the users choice
by setting environment variable efi_selftest to:
* 'reset system' or
* 'reset system runtime'.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
If ResetSystem() is not implemented at runtime, it should return instead
of hanging in an endless loop. This allows the operating system to reset
the system by other means as Linux does. It also matches what EDK II
suggests in comments for functions ResetShutdown() and ResetWarm() in
OvmfPkg/Library/ResetSystemLib/ResetSystemLib.c.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
* UEFI variables can be persisted
* describe that the sequence of files loaded before bootefi matters
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
- Add CCF clocks definitions for iMX6Q enet (ETH)
- Several fixes for CCF framework - the most notable is the one, which
adds get_rate helper to clk-mux.c
- Improvements for clk command - better visibility and alignment.
After adding custom get_rate helper function it was necessary to include
<dm/uclass.h> to avoid warnings about missing uclass_get_device_by_name.
Signed-off-by: Lukasz Majewski <lukma@denx.de>
Series-to: u-boot
Update depth only when clock uclass is found to have correct display
of command "clk dump".
Without this patch, the displayed depth is the binding depth for
all the uclass and that can be strange as only clock uclass nodes
are displayed.
Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
The previous version of the get_rate helper does not work if the mux
clock parent is changed after the probe. This error has not been
detected because this condition has not been tested. The error occurs
because the set_parent helper does not change the parent of the clock
device but only the clock selection register. Since changing the parent
of a probed device can be tricky, the new version of the get_rate helper
provides the rate of the selected clock and not that of the parent.
Signed-off-by: Dario Binacchi <dariobin@libero.it>
The tests developed for the mux clock are run on the sandbox. They don't
call the clk_mux_set_parent routine and therefore they do not detect
this error.
Signed-off-by: Dario Binacchi <dariobin@libero.it>
The parent->name variable can be used only in case the
uclass_get_device_by_name routine returns successfully.
Signed-off-by: Dario Binacchi <dariobin@libero.it>
The top-level framework flags are passed as parameter to the common
clock framework (ccf) registration routines without being used.
Checks of the flags setting added by the patch have been added in the
ccf test.
Signed-off-by: Dario Binacchi <dariobin@libero.it>
Unlike the other clock types, in the case of the gated clock, a new
driver has been developed which does not use the registering routine
provided by the common clock framework.
The addition of the ecspi0 clock to sandbox therefore allows testing
the ccf gate clock.
Signed-off-by: Dario Binacchi <dariobin@libero.it>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
After commit 673f659732 ("net: fec_mxc: support i.MX8M with CLK_CCF") all
NXP boards, which are not IMX8 and in the same time are supporting CCF need
to provide PTP clock.
On the i.MX6Q this clock is provided with IMX6QDL_CLK_ENET_REF in the Linux
kernel's CCF.
Code in this change models the simplest case when enet reference clock is
generated from 'osc' clock.
Signed-off-by: Lukasz Majewski <lukma@denx.de>
This code has been ported from Linux kernel v5.5.5 (tag) and has been
adjusted to U-Boot's DM.
It adds support for correct recognition of IMX_PLLV3_ENET flag in the
clk-pllv3.c driver.
Signed-off-by: Lukasz Majewski <lukma@denx.de>
After commit 673f659732 ("net: fec_mxc: support i.MX8M with CLK_CCF") all
NXP boards, which are not IMX8 and in the same time are supporting CCF
need to provide IMX6QDL_CLK_ENET.
This change defines the missing clock in i.MX6Q's CCF.
Signed-off-by: Lukasz Majewski <lukma@denx.de>
Do not calculate a unused value of n which is overwritten in both branches
of the subsequent if statement.
Identified by cppcheck.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Reviewed-by: Lukasz Majewski <lukma@denx.de>
These prevent the use of IS_ENABLED() and are unnecessary. Drop them and
fix a few code-style nits nearby.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Now that this is in Kconfig we can move the logic at the top of the file
to Kconfig, and use if() instead of #if. Update the file with these
changes.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
This converts the following to Kconfig:
CONFIG_SPLASH_SCREEN
CONFIG_SPLASH_SCREEN_ALIGN
CONFIG_SPLASHIMAGE_GUARD
CONFIG_SPLASH_SOURCE
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Add a few more file extensions to the list of files that should not be
processed. This avoids unicode errors, for example.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
The sections described in the sandbox linker script are inserted before
data section via "INSERT BEFORE .data;". Running readelf -S on sandbox
u-boot binary shows that the bss section is located after the data
section:
Section Headers:
[Nr] Name Type Address Offset
Size EntSize Flags Link Info Align
...
[25] .u_boot_list PROGBITS 000000000041d1c8 0021d1c8
000000000000dd90 0000000000000000 WA 0 0 8
[26] _u_boot_sandbox_g PROGBITS 000000000042af58 0022af58
00000000000000a0 0000000000000000 WA 0 0 8
[27] .data PROGBITS 000000000042b000 0022b000
000000000000f708 0000000000000000 WA 0 0 32
[28] .bss NOBITS 000000000043a720 0023a708
0000000000018930 0000000000000000 WA 0 0 32
This means that the __bss_start assignment in the linker script is bogus,
as the actual bss section start is located elsewhere. Remove this
assignment, as the __bss_start symbol is not used on sandbox anyway.
Signed-off-by: Ovidiu Panait <ovidiu.panait@windriver.com>
Since commit 69153988a6 ("i2c: Finish dropping use of CONFIG_I2C_HARD")
init_func_i2c is wrapped only by "#if defined(CONFIG_SYS_I2C)". Because
of this, the second ifdef within becomes pointless:
#if defined(CONFIG_SYS_I2C)
static int init_func_i2c(void)
<snip>
#ifdef CONFIG_SYS_I2C
...
#else
...
#endif
<snip>
}
#endif
Remove the dead #else preprocessor code.
Fixes: 69153988a6 ("i2c: Finish dropping use of CONFIG_I2C_HARD")
Signed-off-by: Ovidiu Panait <ovidiu.panait@windriver.com>
Some of these were not converted when binman moved to use absolute paths.
Fix them.
Also drop the import of 'test' which is a directory, not a module.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
When binman is installed its main program is in a different directory
to its modules. This means that __file__ is different and we cannot use
it to obtain the path to etype/ from main.py
To fix this, move the function to the 'control' module, since it is
installed with all the other modules, including the etype/ directory.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
When you enable CONFIG_OF_LIVE, you will end up with a lot of
conversions.
To help this tedious work, this commit converts devfdt_get_addr_ptr()
to dev_read_addr_ptr() by coccinelle. I also removed redundant casts
because dev_read_addr_ptr() returns an opaque pointer.
To generate this commit, I ran the following semantic patch
excluding include/dm/.
<smpl>
@@
type T;
expression dev;
@@
-(T *)devfdt_get_addr_ptr(dev)
+dev_read_addr_ptr(dev)
@@
expression dev;
@@
-devfdt_get_addr_ptr(dev)
+dev_read_addr_ptr(dev)
</smpl>
Signed-off-by: Masahiro Yamada <yamada.masahiro@socionext.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
It is strange to use devfdt_get_addr_ptr(), then cast the pointer
back to ulong because you could use devfdt_get_addr() without casting.
Convert it to dev_read_addr(), which is capable to CONFIG_OF_LIVE.
Signed-off-by: Masahiro Yamada <yamada.masahiro@socionext.com>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
It is strange to use devfdt_get_addr_ptr(), then cast the pointer
back to uint32 because you could use devfdt_get_addr() without casting.
Convert it to dev_read_addr(), which is capable to CONFIG_OF_LIVE.
Signed-off-by: Masahiro Yamada <yamada.masahiro@socionext.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
According to the description of devfdt_get_addr_ptr, this function should
return NULL on failure, but currently it returns (void *)FDT_ADDR_T_NONE.
Fix this by making devfdt_get_addr_ptr return NULL on failure, as
described in the function comments. Also, update the drivers currently
checking (void *)FDT_ADDR_T_NONE to check for NULL.
Signed-off-by: Ovidiu Panait <ovidiu.panait@windriver.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Add documentation in doc/drivel-model for the bind/unbind command.
Part of this documentation is extracted from original patch commit
message:
commit 49c752c93a ("cmd: Add bind/unbind commands to bind a device to a driver from the command line")
Signed-off-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@st.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
As bind-test is now binded at sandbox startup and no more by
test_bind.py, bind-test nodes are not located at the end of
"dm tree" output, but can be located everywhere in the tree, so
bind-test output could either be:
simple_bus 0 [ ] generic_simple_bus |-- bind-test
phy 0 [ ] phy_sandbox | |-- bind-test-child1
simple_bus 1 [ ] generic_simple_bus | `-- bind-test-child2
or:
simple_bus 5 [ ] generic_simple_bus `-- bind-test
phy 2 [ ] phy_sandbox |-- bind-test-child1
simple_bus 6 [ ] generic_simple_bus `-- bind-test-child2
in_tree() function need to be updated to take care of that change.
Signed-off-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@st.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Usage of lists_bind_fdt() in bind command imposes to add
a compatible string for bind-test node.
Others impacts are:
- bind-test node is binded at sandbox start, so no need to bind it
in test_bind_unbind_with_node() test.
- As explained just above, after sandbox start, now a phy exist.
In test/dm/phy.c, it was verified that a third phy didn't exist,
now we must verified that a fourth phy doesn't exist.
Signed-off-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@st.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Add driver data to existing compatible string "sandbox,phy".
Add an additional compatible string without driver_data
This will verify that bind command parses, finds and passes the
correct driver data to device_bind_with_driver_data() by using
driver_data in the second sandbox_phy_ids table entry.
In sandbox_phy_bind() a check is added to validate driver_data
content.
Signed-off-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@st.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
In the case of the live tree ofnode_read_addr_cells() and
ofnode_read_size_cells() return the #address-cells and #size-cells defined
in the parent node. With the patch the same is done for a non-live tree.
The only consumer of these functions is currently the CFI flash driver.
This patch fixes the incorrect parsing of the device tree leading to
'saveenv' failing on qemu_arm64_defconfig.
For testing qemu-system-aarch64 has to be called with
-drive if=pflash,format=raw,index=1,file=envstore.img
to provide the flash memory. envstore.img must be 64 MiB large.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
The sdmmc node is missing after the dts sync patch:
167efc2c7a arm64: dts: rk3399: Sync v5.7-rc1 from Linux
But we still need it for boot from SD card, so add it.
Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
Instead of recasting and shifting use macros which are designed for taking
upper/lower 32bit value from 64bit variable.
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
The capabilities register has a field to indicate whether the host
supports high speed mode or not. Add high speed host_caps based on
this bit instead of enabling it by default.
Signed-off-by: Faiz Abbas <faiz_abbas@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilnx.com>
Tested-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilnx.com>
(zcu104 with sdhci-caps-mask = <0 0x200000>;)
Linux kernel for arm32 requires dtb and initrd to be placed in low memory
to work properly. This requirement is described in chapter 4b) and 5) in
Linux documentation (Documentation/arm/booting.rst).
There is an issue on arm32 with 2GB of memory that bootm_size is bigger
than Linux lowmem (for example with VMSPLIT_3G). That's why limit bootm
size on these systems not to be above 768MB.
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
env_set..() can failed that's why check return status and report it back to
make sure that user is aware that's something went wrong.
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
When bootm_low/bootm_size are setup properly there is no need to setup any
initrd_high address. Location for initrd is determined through LMB.
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
There is no need to setup this variable if bootm_low and bootm_size
variable are properly setup. If fdt_high variable is missing U-Boot is
asking LMB to return free memory which is not used.
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
There is no reason to build private function when
CONFIG_ZYNQ_GEM_I2C_MAC_OFFSET is not defined. There is already weak
function which handles default case properly.
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
Start to use ENV_VARS_UBOOT_RUNTIME_CONFIG to enable/disable updating
variables with run time information.
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
Current IPI module register description is not align with IPI HW. The
registers with the wrong offset are not used so it does not cause real
issues. This patch aligns the register description.
Additionally comments added to explain why recv function does not check
any flag prior copying rx data.
Fixes: 660b0c77d8 ("mailbox: zynqmp: ipi mailbox driver")
Signed-off-by: Ibai Erkiaga <ibai.erkiaga-elorza@xilinx.com>
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
Remove chip_id function and integrate the firmware call in the
zynqmp_get_silicon_idcode_name function. The change avoids querying the
firmware twice and makes the code bit more clear.
Signed-off-by: Ibai Erkiaga <ibai.erkiaga-elorza@xilinx.com>
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
Modify the board init function to allow getting the chip ID when U-Boot
proper is executed at EL3.
Signed-off-by: Ibai Erkiaga <ibai.erkiaga-elorza@xilinx.com>
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
Current implementation for getting chip ID uses either raw access on EL3
or a SMC call to get the silicon information. Following change
simplifies the code using always the firmware driver.
Signed-off-by: Ibai Erkiaga <ibai.erkiaga-elorza@xilinx.com>
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
This patch merges ZynqMP firmware calls under xilinx_pm_request in order
to make trainsparent the EL. Calls at EL3 are send through IPI messages
and EL2 through SMC calls.
The EL2 call uses fixed payload and arg size as the EL3 call. The
firmware is capable to handle PMUFW_PAYLOAD_ARG_CNT bytes but the
firmware API is limited by the SMC call size.
Signed-off-by: Ibai Erkiaga <ibai.erkiaga-elorza@xilinx.com>
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
Removes duplicated definition of PAYLOAD_ARG_CNT and define it in the
firmware driver. Additionally fixes payload buffer declarations without
macro usage
Signed-off-by: Ibai Erkiaga <ibai.erkiaga-elorza@xilinx.com>
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
DT binding is saying that default value is 0 not -1 that's why fix it.
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
Acked-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
s/xlnx,mio_bank/xlnx,mio-bank/g
DT binding is describing mio-bank not mio_bank that's why fix all DTSes and
also driver itself.
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
Acked-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
Remove adhoc dt binding for fixed-partition definition for i2c eeprom.
fixed-partition are using reg property instead of offset/size pair.
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Enable DFU tftp support for firmware update. Fill dfu_ram_tftp variable to
have command present for showing how to use it.
boot FIT image has been created from below fragment. Key part is that type
of image has to be firmware. Also based on experiment load property is
completely ignored and base addresses are taken from dfu_alt_info variable.
$ cat update_uboot.its
/dts-v1/;
/ {
description = "Automatic U-Boot update";
#address-cells = <1>;
images {
Image {
description = "Kernel";
data = /incbin/("/tftpboot/Image");
compression = "none";
arch = "arm64";
type = "firmware";
os = "linux";
load = <0x80000>;
entry = <0x80000>;
hash-1 {
algo = "sha1";
};
};
system.dtb {
description = "DTB";
data = /incbin/("/tftpboot/system.dtb");
compression = "none";
arch = "arm64";
type = "firmware";
load = <0>;
hash-1 {
algo = "sha1";
};
};
};
};
$ mkimage -f update_uboot.its /tftpboot/boot
When U-Boot starts get IP address and server IP.
dhcp
setenv serverip 192.168.0.105
And then run prepared command.
run dfu_ram_tftp
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
Image should be loaded to 0x80000 address and not to $kernel_addr_r.
Also kernel_addr, fdt_addr and fdt_size in zynqmp case are not defined
that's why define it to be aligned with Versal.
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
Mini U-boot runs on lower foot print of 256KB OCM. Hence 8K memory
for malloc may not be required. Reduce it by 1.5K.
Signed-off-by: Ashok Reddy Soma <ashok.reddy.soma@xilinx.com>
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
Find and use the lowest memory for Versal to make sure that we keep u-boot
as low as possible and never use memory above u-boot's maximum VA mapping.
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
Convert fdtdec_setup_mem_size_base(), get_next_memory_node(),
fdtdec_setup_memory_banksize() and fdtdec_setup_mem_size_base_lowest() to
livetree API.
Tested on ZynqMP zcu104 board.
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
New function should be called from board dram_init() because it initialized
gd->ram_base/ram_size. It finds the lowest available memory.
On systems with multiple memory nodes finding out the first memory node by
fdtdec_setup_mem_size_base() is not enough because this memory can be above
actual U-Boot VA mapping. Currently only mapping till 39bit is supported
(Full 44bit mapping was removed by commit 7985cdf74b ("arm64: Remove
non-full-va map code")).
If DT starts with the first memory node above 39bit address then system can
be unpredictable.
The function is available only when multiple memory bank support is
enabled.
Calling fdtdec_setup_memory_banksize() from dram_init() is not possible
because fdtdec_setup_memory_banksize() is saving dram information to bd
structure which is placed on stack but not initialized at this time. Also
stack is placed at location setup in dram_init().
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
The PM return payload size is defined as 4 bytes for Versal arquitecture
while the PM calls implemented both in the Versal clock driver and
ZynqMP firmware driver expects 5 bytes length.
Signed-off-by: Ibai Erkiaga <ibai.erkiaga-elorza@xilinx.com>
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
Origin function was calling strsep which replaced delimiter ',' by a null
byte ('\0'). Operation was done directly on FDT which ends up with the
following behavior:
ZynqMP> printenv fdtfile
fdtfile=xilinx/zynqmp.dtb
ZynqMP> fdt addr $fdtcontroladdr
ZynqMP> fdt print / compatible
compatible = "xlnx", "zynqmp"
As is visible fdtfile was correctly composed but a null byte caused that
xlnx was separated from zynqmp.
This hasn't been spotted because in all Xilinx DTs there are at least 3
compatible string and only the first one was affected by this issue.
But for systems which only had one compatible string "xlnx,zynqmp" it was
causing an issue when U-Boot's DT was used by Linux kernel.
The patch removes strsep calling and strchr is called instead which just
locate the first char after deliminator ',' (variable called "name").
And using this pointer in fdtfile composing.
Fixes: 91d7e0c47f ("arm64: zynqmp: Create fdtfile from compatible string")
Reported-by: Igor Lantsman <igor.lantsman@opsys-tech.com>
Signed-off-by: Igor Lantsman <igor.lantsman@opsys-tech.com>
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
Zynq/ZynqMP/Versal IPs should be possible to called also from Microblaze in
PL and vice versa. That's why change dependencies and do not limit enabling
just for some platforms.
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
Reviewed-by: Heiko Schocher <hs@denx.de>
On system with PL DDR which is placed before PS DDR in DT
env_get_bootm_size() and env_get_bootm_low() without specifying bootm_low
and bootm_size variables are taking by default gd->bd->bi_dram[0].start and
gd->bd->bi_dram[0].size. As you see 0 means bank 0 which doesn't need to be
PS ddr and even can be memory above 39bit VA which is what U-Boot supports
now.
That's why setup bootm variables based on ram_base/ram_size setting to make
sure that boot images are placed to the same location as U-Boot is placed.
This location should be by default location where OS can boot from.
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
asm_sel is for switching between sata and pcie mode
on r64 there is GPIO90 connected to ASM1480 which
switches RX/TX pairs to PCIe/SATA connector
output-low means sata-controller is active
with 2020-10 now reg is also needed for the phy itself
Signed-off-by: Frank Wunderlich <frank-w@public-files.de>
- Remove pinmux definition from pico-imx6ul.c
- Enable NET_RANDOM_ETHADDR for temporary solution, because micrel_ksz8xxx
driver does not support DM_ETH yet, so cannot read MAC address directly.
Before enable DM_ETH:
Net: FEC [PRIME]
After enable DM_ETH:
Net:
Warning: using random MAC address - ca:3f:43:8f:67:d4
eth1: ethernet@20b4000
Here is the test commands:
=> dhcp
BOOTP broadcast 1
DHCP client bound to address 10.88.88.94 (139 ms)
*** ERROR: `serverip' not set
Cannot autoload with TFTPGET
=> ping 8.8.8.8
Using ethernet@20b4000 device
host 8.8.8.8 is alive
Signed-off-by: Wig Cheng <wig.cheng@technexion.com>
Reviewed-by: Fabio Estevam <festevam@gmail.com>
It's due to the warning messages issue after compiled:
===================== WARNING ======================
This board does not use CONFIG_DM_VIDEO Please update
the board to use CONFIG_DM_VIDEO before the v2019.07 release.
Failure to update by the deadline may result in board removal.
See doc/driver-model/migration.rst for more info.
====================================================
Enable DM_VIDEO can fix it on the stage of compilation.
Signed-off-by: Wig Cheng <wig.cheng@technexion.com>
Reviewed-by: Fabio Estevam <festevam@gmail.com>
The correct order is load address, offset, length. The order was
accidentally switched a while ago; make it match the HAB Blocks output and
what CST expects again.
Fixes: e97bdfa5da ("tools/imximage: share DCD information via Kconfig")
Signed-off-by: Matthias Schiffer <matthias.schiffer@ew.tq-group.com>
This function is unused since commit 862274913f ("bus:
uniphier-system-bus: move hardware init from board files").
Signed-off-by: Masahiro Yamada <yamada.masahiro@socionext.com>
Fill is code for programming the DDR_PHY_CMD_DESKEW_CONx registers,
which are optional, but can be used to fill in the byte lane delays.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Cc: Fabio Estevam <festevam@gmail.com>
Cc: NXP i.MX U-Boot Team <uboot-imx@nxp.com>
Cc: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
Cc: Stefano Babic <sbabic@denx.de>
Implement the 'getprisec' subcommand of 'bmode' command for i.MX7 by
reading out the SRC GPR10 bit 30. This bit is either set by the BootROM
if it switched to the secondary copy due to primary copy being corrupted
OR it can be overridden by the user.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Cc: Fabio Estevam <festevam@gmail.com>
Cc: NXP i.MX U-Boot Team <uboot-imx@nxp.com>
Cc: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
Cc: Stefano Babic <sbabic@denx.de>
Reviewed-by: Stefano Babic <sbabic@denx.de>
Add new 'getprisec' subcommand to 'bmode' command, which sets the return
value of the 'bmode' command to either 0 if the system booted from primary
copy or to 1 if the system booted from secondary copy. This can be used
e.g. in 'test' command to determine which copy of the system is running.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Cc: Fabio Estevam <festevam@gmail.com>
Cc: NXP i.MX U-Boot Team <uboot-imx@nxp.com>
Cc: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
Cc: Stefano Babic <sbabic@denx.de>
Reviewed-by: Stefano Babic <sbabic@denx.de>
The i.MX6/i.MX7 is capable of booting a secondary "redundant" system
image in case the primary one is corrupted. The user can force this
boot mode as well by explicitly setting SRC GPR10 bit 30. This can be
potentially useful when upgrading the bootloader itself. Expose this
functionality to the user.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Cc: Fabio Estevam <festevam@gmail.com>
Cc: NXP i.MX U-Boot Team <uboot-imx@nxp.com>
Cc: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
Cc: Stefano Babic <sbabic@denx.de>
Reviewed-by: Stefano Babic <sbabic@denx.de>
Add the basic differentiation between i.MX6 and i.MX7 into the bmode
command, the mechanism really works almost the same on both platforms.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Cc: Fabio Estevam <festevam@gmail.com>
Cc: NXP i.MX U-Boot Team <uboot-imx@nxp.com>
Cc: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
Cc: Stefano Babic <sbabic@denx.de>
Pull request for UEFI sub-system for efi-2020-10-rc3 (2)
This series includes bug fixes for:
* UEFI secure boot - images with multiple signatures
* UEFI secure boot - support for intermediate certificates
* corrections for UEFI unit tests
* missing loadaddr on MAIX board
There is no need to show demo list description twice when help demo is
performed. The patch removes duplicated entry.
Current state:
=> help demo
demo - Driver model (dm) demo operations
Usage:
demo list List available demo devices
demo hello <num> [<char>] Say hello
demo light [<num>] Set or get the lights
demo status <num> Get demo device status
demo list List available demo devices
Fixes: a02af4aeec ("dm: demo: Add a simple GPIO demonstration")
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Implement Xen para-virtual frontend to backend communication
and actually read/write disk data.
This is based on mini-os implementation of the para-virtual block
frontend driver.
Signed-off-by: Oleksandr Andrushchenko <oleksandr_andrushchenko@epam.com>
Signed-off-by: Anastasiia Lukianenko <anastasiia_lukianenko@epam.com>
Read essential virtual block device configuration data from XenStore,
initialize front ring and event channel.
Update block device description with actual block size.
Use code for XenStore from mini-os.
Signed-off-by: Oleksandr Andrushchenko <oleksandr_andrushchenko@epam.com>
Signed-off-by: Anastasiia Lukianenko <anastasiia_lukianenko@epam.com>
Add initial infrastructure for Xen para-virtualized block device.
This includes compile-time configuration and the skeleton for
the future driver implementation.
Add new class UCLASS_PVBLOCK which is going to be a parent for
virtual block devices.
Add new interface type IF_TYPE_PVBLOCK.
Implement basic driver setup by reading XenStore configuration.
Signed-off-by: Andrii Anisov <andrii_anisov@epam.com>
Signed-off-by: Anastasiia Lukianenko <anastasiia_lukianenko@epam.com>
Signed-off-by: Oleksandr Andrushchenko <oleksandr_andrushchenko@epam.com>
Add wait_event_timeout - sleep until a condition gets true or a
timeout elapses.
This is a stripped version of the same from Linux kernel with the
following u-boot specific modifications:
- no wait queues supported
- use u-boot timer to detect timeouts
- check for Ctrl-C pressed during wait
Signed-off-by: Oleksandr Andrushchenko <oleksandr_andrushchenko@epam.com>
Signed-off-by: Anastasiia Lukianenko <anastasiia_lukianenko@epam.com>
[trini: Drop atomic_read from gadget/ether.c as this has existed for a
while and now causes problems]
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Add support for Xen para-virtualized serial driver. This
driver fully supports serial console for the virtual machine.
Please note that as the driver is initialized late, so no banner
nor memory size is visible.
Signed-off-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Oleksandr Andrushchenko <oleksandr_andrushchenko@epam.com>
Signed-off-by: Anastasiia Lukianenko <anastasiia_lukianenko@epam.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Port hypervisor related code from Mini-OS. This is referencing the code
of Mini-OS from [1] by Huang Shijie and Volodymyr Babchuk which is for
ARM64.
Update essential arch code to support required bit operations, memory
barriers etc.
Copyright for the bits ported belong to at least the following authors,
please see related files for details:
Copyright (c) 2002-2003, K A Fraser
Copyright (c) 2005, Grzegorz Milos, gm281@cam.ac.uk,Intel Research Cambridge
Copyright (c) 2014, Karim Allah Ahmed <karim.allah.ahmed@gmail.com>
[1] - https://github.com/zyzii/mini-os.git
Signed-off-by: Oleksandr Andrushchenko <oleksandr_andrushchenko@epam.com>
Signed-off-by: Anastasiia Lukianenko <anastasiia_lukianenko@epam.com>
[trini: Drop wmb() from musb-net/linux-compat.h now]
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Add essential and required Xen interface headers only taken from
the stable Linux kernel stable/linux-5.7.y at commit
66dfe4522160 Linux 5.7.5.
These are better suited for U-boot than the original headers
from Xen as they are the stripped versions of the same.
At the same time use public protocols from Xen RELEASE-4.13.1, at
commit 6278553325a9 update Xen version to 4.13.1
as those have more comments in them.
Signed-off-by: Oleksandr Andrushchenko <oleksandr_andrushchenko@epam.com>
Signed-off-by: Anastasiia Lukianenko <anastasiia_lukianenko@epam.com>
Acked-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
Introduce CONFIG_XEN to make U-Boot could be used as bootloader
for a virtual machine.
Without bootloader, we could successfully boot up android on XEN, but
we need need bootloader to support A/B, dm verify and etc.
Signed-off-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Oleksandr Andrushchenko <oleksandr_andrushchenko@epam.com>
Signed-off-by: Anastasiia Lukianenko <anastasiia_lukianenko@epam.com>
Switch DTB provider form OF_EMBED to OF_SEPARATE
to avoid the compile warning message:
==================== WARNING ======================
CONFIG_OF_EMBED is enabled. This option should only
be used for debugging purposes. Please use
CONFIG_OF_SEPARATE for boards in mainline.
See doc/README.fdt-control for more info.
====================================================
Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei, Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
Move the BOOTCOMMAND definition from the board inclusion
header to the default configuration file.
Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei, Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
The hardcoded platform variables such as DRAM base address are not
common to Aspeed SoCs AST24xx/AST25xx/AST26xx. This patch replaces
those hardcoded with macros defined in a newly added header, where
the basic SoC HW information are assigned accordingly.
Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei, Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
Rename the ast2500-board.c to board_common.c and
place the renamed file under the ast2500 folder.
Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei, Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
The original lowlevel_init function of AST2500 is written
in C. However, the C runtime environment is not ready until
_main execution.
This patch adds the assembly version of the lowlevel_init
function. Additional initialization to DRAM configuration
and LPC reset source are also added.
Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei, Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
- Fix HiFive Unleashed the broken problem by call fix_fdt() before
reserve_fdt(). Please refer to
https://www.mail-archive.com/u-boot@lists.denx.de/msg379444.html for
master u-boot broken for HiFive Unleashed.
- Add unaligned exception cmd.
- Refine sifive/fu540 spl flow.
- Add additional crash information for efi.
- Update sipeed/maix doc.
- Two minor refine.
The test case 5 in test_signed (multiple signatures) must be modified
and aligned with the change introduced in the previous commit
("efi_loader: signature: correct a behavior against multiple signatures").
Signed-off-by: AKASHI Takahiro <takahiro.akashi@linaro.org>
Under the current implementation, all the signatures, if any, in
a signed image must be verified before loading it.
Meanwhile, UEFI specification v2.8b section 32.5.3.3 says,
Multiple signatures are allowed to exist in the binary’s certificate
table (as per PE/COFF Section “Attribute Certificate Table”). Only
one hash or signature is required to be present in db in order to pass
validation, so long as neither the SHA-256 hash of the binary nor any
present signature is reflected in dbx.
This patch makes the semantics of signature verification compliant with
the specification mentioned above.
Signed-off-by: AKASHI Takahiro <takahiro.akashi@linaro.org>
Reported-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
There may be a chance that board specific fix_fdt() will change the
size of FDT blob so it's safe to call reserve_fdt() after fix_fdt()
otherwise global data (gd) will overwrite with FDT blob values.
Fixes: a8492e25ac ("riscv: Expand the DT size before copy reserved memory node")
Signed-off-by: Pragnesh Patel <pragnesh.patel@sifive.com>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Rick Chen <rick@andestech.com>
Reviewed-by: Atish Patra <atish.patra@wdc.com>
If an exception occurs, the relocated program counter and return address
are required for an analysis.
With this patch you get:
=> exception undefined
Unhandled exception: Illegal instruction
EPC: 0000000080595908 RA: 000000008059c0c6 TVAL: 000000008030c01e
EPC: 0000000080007908 RA: 000000008000e0c6 reloc adjusted
We can use the relocated addresses to find the involved functions in
u.boot.map:
.text.do_undefined
0x0000000080007908 0x8 cmd/built-in.o
.text.cmd_process
0x000000008000dfcc 0x11a common/built-in.o
0x000000008000dfcc cmd_process
If an exception occurs in an UEFI binary additionally the load addresses of
the UEFI binaries are needed. With this patch:
=> setenv efi_selftest exception
=> bootefi selftest
Unhandled exception: Illegal instruction
EPC: 000000008042e18a RA: 000000008042e18a TVAL: 000000008030c01e
EPC: 000000007fea018a RA: 000000007fea018a reloc adjusted
UEFI image [0x0000000000000000:0xffffffffffffffff] '/\selftest'
UEFI image [0x000000008042e000:0x000000008042e43f] pc=0x18a '/bug.efi'
The value pc=0x18a matches the position of the illegal instruction in
efi_selftest_miniapp_exception.efi (loaded as /bug.efi);
asm volatile (".word 0xffffffff\n");
00000180 93 85 C5 11 1C 64 22 85 82 97 FF FF FF FF 1C 64
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Reviewed-by: Sean Anderson <seanga2@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Sean Anderson <seanga2@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bin.meng@windriver.com>
Reviewed-by: Rick Chen <rick@andestech.com>
The command 'exception' can be used to test the handling of exceptions.
Currently the exception command only allows to create an illegal
instruction exception on RISC-V.
Provide a sub-command 'exception unaligned' to cause a misaligned load
address exception.
Adjust the online help for 'exception undefined'.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Reviewed-by: Rick Chen <rick@andestech.com>
Provide the required settings for the debug UART.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Reviewed-by: Sean Anderson <seanga2@gmail.com>
The MAIXDUINO runs fine with the sipeed_maix_bitm_defconfig but a different
board id parameter should be passed to kflash.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Reviewed-by: Sean Anderson <seanga2@gmail.com>
This option was enabled during the earlier U-Boot porting time. Now
we already have the OTP driver in place and the unique MAC address
is read from the OTP, there is no need to turn on this option.
Signed-off-by: Bin Meng <bin.meng@windriver.com>
Reviewed-by: Leo Liang <ycliang@andestech.com>
Reviewed-by: Rick Chen <rick@andestech.com>
Reviewed-by: Pragnesh Patel <pragnesh.patel@sifive.com>
Tested-by: Pragnesh Patel <pragnesh.patel@sifive.com>
Under the new file-based variable implementation, the secure state
is always and falsely set to 0 (hence, the secure boot gets disabled)
after the reboot even if PK (and other signature database) has already
been enrolled in the previous boot.
This is because the secure state is set up *before* loading non-volatile
variables' values from saved data.
This patch fixes the order of variable initialization and secure state
initialization.
Signed-off-by: AKASHI Takahiro <takahiro.akashi@linaro.org>
Fixes: 5f7dcf079d ("efi_loader: UEFI variable persistence")
In this test case, an image may have a signature with additional
intermediate certificates. A chain of trust will be followed and all
the certificates in the middle of chain must be verified before loading.
Signed-off-by: AKASHI Takahiro <takahiro.akashi@linaro.org>
It won't be very useful to customize HELLO_PATH and EFI_SECBOOT_IMAGE_NAME
under the current code base. So just remove them.
Signed-off-by: AKASHI Takahiro <takahiro.akashi@linaro.org>
In this commit, efi_signature_verify(with_sigdb) will be re-implemented
using pcks7_verify_one() in order to support certificates chain, where
the signer's certificate will be signed by an intermediate CA (certificate
authority) and the latter's certificate will also be signed by another CA
and so on.
What we need to do here is to search for certificates in a signature,
build up a chain of certificates and verify one by one. pkcs7_verify_one()
handles most of these steps except the last one.
pkcs7_verify_one() returns, if succeeded, the last certificate to verify,
which can be either a self-signed one or one that should be signed by one
of certificates in "db". Re-worked efi_signature_verify() will take care
of this step.
Signed-off-by: AKASHI Takahiro <takahiro.akashi@linaro.org>
This is a bug fix; Setting an authenticated variable may fail due to
a memory corruption in the authentication.
A temporary buffer will, if needed, be allocated to parse a variable's
authentication data, and some portion of buffer, specifically signer's
certificates, will be referenced by efi_signature_verify().
So the buffer should be kept valid until the authentication process
is finished.
Signed-off-by: AKASHI Takahiro <takahiro.akashi@linaro.org>
Tested-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Variable load_options must be initialized to NULL to avoid a segmentation
fault when freeing the memory this variable points to.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
- Use IS_ENABLED to prevent ifdef in board_key_check for STM32MP
- Add STM32 FMC2 EBI controller driver
- Fix dwc3-sti-glue which allows STiH410-B2260 to boot again
- Add fitImage its entry for 587-200 DHCOR SoM
- Add both PDK2 and DRC02 DT into DHCOM fitImage its
- Fix DHCOM KS8851 ethernet MAC address
- Remove stm32mp1 board.c file
- Use const for struct node_info in board stm32mp1.c file
Use const for the variable nodes in ft_board_setup,
this patch follow fdt_fixup_mtdparts prototype and no more use stack.
Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
Reviewed-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@st.com>
Remove the file board/st/stm32mp1/board.c which is not more
compiled since commit 156732cc8939 ("board: stm32mp1: move the
function board_debug_uart_init in spl.c")
Fixes: 4fb46816c7 ("board: stm32mp1: move the function board_debug_uart_init in spl.c")
Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
Reviewed-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@st.com>
The STM32MP1 DHCOM has two ethernet interfaces, the on-SoM DWMAC and KS8851.
Set eth1addr for the KS8851 to a MAC address of the DWMAC incremented by 1.
The MAC of the DWMAC is set from on-SoM EEPROM already, but the MAC address
of KS8851 was left uninitialized, so fix this.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Cc: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@st.com>
Cc: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
Reviewed-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@st.com>
The new 587-200 DHCOR SoM is compatible with the 587-100 prototype,
hence just replicate the entries, as there is no pattern matching.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Cc: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@st.com>
Cc: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
Reviewed-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@st.com>
Include both PDK2 and DRC02 DTs in the DHCOM fitImage .its and implement
support in SPL to select the correct configuration entry for U-Boot by
using the machine compatible string from SPL DT.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Cc: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@st.com>
Cc: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
Reviewed-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@st.com>
FMC2 EBI support has been added. Common resources (registers base
address and clock) can now be shared between the 2 drivers using
"st,stm32mp1-fmc2-nfc" compatible string. It means that the
common resources should now be found in the parent device when EBI
node is available.
Signed-off-by: Christophe Kerello <christophe.kerello@st.com>
Reviewed-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@st.com>
The driver adds the support for the STMicroelectronics FMC2 EBI controller
found on STM32MP SOCs.
Signed-off-by: Christophe Kerello <christophe.kerello@st.com>
Reviewed-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@st.com>
This patch renames functions and local variables.
This cleanup is done to get all functions starting by stm32_fmc2_nfc
in the FMC2 raw NAND driver when all functions will start by
stm32_fmc2_ebi in the FMC2 EBI driver.
Signed-off-by: Christophe Kerello <christophe.kerello@st.com>
Reviewed-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@st.com>
FMC2_TIMEOUT_5S will be used each time that we need to wait.
It was seen, during stress tests in an overloaded system,
that we could be close to 1 second, even if we never met this
value. To be safe, FMC2_TIMEOUT_MS is set to 5 seconds.
Signed-off-by: Christophe Kerello <christophe.kerello@st.com>
Reviewed-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@st.com>
Remove inline comments that are useless since function label are
self explanatory.
Signed-off-by: Christophe Kerello <christophe.kerello@st.com>
Reviewed-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@st.com>
Use IS_ENABLED to prevent ifdef in g_dnl_board_usb_cable_connected
and in g_dnl_bind_fixup
Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
Reviewed-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@st.com>
node varaible is used as iterator into ofnode_for_each_subnode()
loop, when exiting of it, node is no more a valid ofnode.
Use dwc3_node instead as parameter of ofnode_valid()
Fixes: ac28e59a57 ("usb: Migrate to support live DT for some driver")
Signed-off-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@st.com>
Cc: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
every compilation shows this error
Hack for sunxi which doesn't have a proper binman definition for
64-bit boards
not only for sunxi-boards/arm64
fix this by changing to real comments
Fixes: 9f55ee259d0c ("Makefile: sunxi: Don't use binman to build ATF image")
Signed-off-by: Frank Wunderlich <frank-w@public-files.de>
- Added support for J7200 evm
- DM_ETH and DM_USB migrations for omap3
- USB DFU and mass storage support for AM65x evm
- RTI watchdog support for K3 devices
- Fix an issue with L3 cache on K3 devices
On J7200 SoC OSPI0 and HypeFlash are muxed at HW level and only one of
them can be used at any time. J7200 EVM has both HyperFlash and OSPI
flash on board. There is a user switch (SW3.1) that can be toggled to
select OSPI flash vs HyperFlash.
Read the state of this switch via wkup_gpio0_6 line and fixup the DT
nodes to select OSPI0 vs HyperFlash
Signed-off-by: Vignesh Raghavendra <vigneshr@ti.com>
Add the basic a72 basic dts for j7200. Following nodes were supported:
- UART
- MMC SD
- I2C
- TISCI communication
- LPDDR with 1600MTs configuration.
Signed-off-by: Andrew F. Davis <afd@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Lokesh Vutla <lokeshvutla@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Dave Gerlach <d-gerlach@ti.com>
Add device identification for J7200 SoC
Signed-off-by: Kishon Vijay Abraham I <kishon@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Lokesh Vutla <lokeshvutla@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Suman Anna <s-anna@ti.com>
k3-j721e ddr driver sanity checks for product id and version number.
Version number gets changed for every minor update in the IP. So discard
the version check and just sanity check for product id.
Signed-off-by: Lokesh Vutla <lokeshvutla@ti.com>
Add board detection support for j7200 common processor board.
Signed-off-by: Lokesh Vutla <lokeshvutla@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Dave Gerlach <d-gerlach@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Suman Anna <s-anna@ti.com>
j7200-evm has minor differences with j721e-evm based on the IPs
available in the SoC. Introduce separate build targets for j7200-evm
to incorporate the differences.
Signed-off-by: Lokesh Vutla <lokeshvutla@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Suman Anna <s-anna@ti.com>
Detect if sysfw is already loaded by ROM and pass this information to
sysfw loader. Based on this information sysfw loader either loads the
sysfw image from boot media or just receives the boot notification
message form sysfw.
Signed-off-by: Lokesh Vutla <lokeshvutla@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Suman Anna <s-anna@ti.com>
Starting J7200 SoC, ROM supports for loading sysfw directly from boot
image. ROM passes this information on number of images that are loaded
to bootloader at certain location. Add support for storing this
information before it gets corrupted.
Signed-off-by: Lokesh Vutla <lokeshvutla@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Suman Anna <s-anna@ti.com>
The J7200 SoC is a part of the K3 Multicore SoC architecture platform.
It is targeted for automotive gateway, vehicle compute systems,
Vehicle-to-Vehicle (V2V) and Vehicle-to-Everything (V2X) applications.
The SoC aims to meet the complex processing needs of modern embedded
products.
Some highlights of this SoC are:
* Dual Cortex-A72s in a single cluster, two clusters of lockstep
capable dual Cortex-R5F MCUs and a Centralized Device Management and
Security Controller (DMSC).
* Configurable L3 Cache and IO-coherent architecture with high data
throughput capable distributed DMA architecture under NAVSS.
* Integrated Ethernet switch supporting up to a total of 4 external ports
in addition to legacy Ethernet switch of up to 2 ports.
* Upto 1 PCIe-GEN3 controller, 1 USB3.0 Dual-role device subsystems,
20 MCANs, 3 McASP, eMMC and SD, OSPI/HyperBus memory controller, I3C and
I2C, eCAP/eQEP, eHRPWM among other peripherals.
* One hardware accelerator block containing AES/DES/SHA/MD5 called SA2UL
management.
See J7200 Technical Reference Manual (SPRUIU1, June 2020)
for further details: https://www.ti.com/lit/pdf/spruiu1
Add support for detection J7200 SoC
Signed-off-by: Lokesh Vutla <lokeshvutla@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Suman Anna <s-anna@ti.com>
In main control mmr there is no partition 4 and partition 6 is available
only on J721e. Fix the same in ctrl_mmr_unlock function
Signed-off-by: Lokesh Vutla <lokeshvutla@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Suman Anna <s-anna@ti.com>
Add an api soc_is_j721e(), and use it to enable certain functionality
that is available only on j721e. This detection is needed when DT is not
available.
Signed-off-by: Lokesh Vutla <lokeshvutla@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Suman Anna <s-anna@ti.com>
Starting J7200 SoC, ROM supports for loading sysfw directly from boot
image. In such cases, SPL need not load sysfw from boot media, but need
to receive boot notification message from sysfw. So separate out
remoteproc calls for system controller from sysfw loader and just
receive the boot notification if sysfw is already loaded.
Signed-off-by: Lokesh Vutla <lokeshvutla@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Suman Anna <s-anna@ti.com>
mmr_unlock api is common for all k3 devices. Move it to a common
location.
Signed-off-by: Lokesh Vutla <lokeshvutla@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Suman Anna <s-anna@ti.com>
If SPL_MULTI_DTB_FIT is not enabled, then CONFIG_SPL_OF_LIST is not defined
And in turn tispl.bin ends up not embedding any DTB.
Fixing it by using CONFIG_DEFAULT_DEVICE_TREE if SPL_OF_LIST is empty.
Signed-off-by: Jean-Jacques Hiblot <jjhiblot@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Lokesh Vutla <lokeshvutla@ti.com>
The DT nodes on J721E SoCs currently use a node name "interconnect" for
the various interconnects. This name is not following the DT schema, and
should simply be "bus". Update the fdt fixup logic to use both the current
and the expected corrected path names so that this logic won't be broken
with newer kernels.
Signed-off-by: Suman Anna <s-anna@ti.com>
Guard all eeprom probe with TI_I2C_BOARD_DETECT to avoid reading eeprom
when eeprom is not available
Reviewed-by: Suman Anna <s-anna@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Lokesh Vutla <lokeshvutla@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Jean-Jacques Hiblot <jjhiblot@ti.com>
Current usage of eeprom apis produce a build failure when
CONFIG_TI_I2C_BOARD_DETECT is not defined. Add stub function for these
apis to avoid build failures.
Reviewed-by: Suman Anna <s-anna@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Lokesh Vutla <lokeshvutla@ti.com>
Because of space constraints, create a new USB defconfig for R5 to
faciliate booting from USB mass storage devices
Signed-off-by: Faiz Abbas <faiz_abbas@ti.com>
Because of space constraints, create a new USB defconfig for R5 to
faciliate booting in USB peripheral (DFU) bootmode
Signed-off-by: Faiz Abbas <faiz_abbas@ti.com>
U-boot only supports either USB host or device mode for a node at a
time in dts. To support both host and dfu bootmodes, set "peripheral"
as the default dr_mode but fixup property to "host" if host bootmode
is detected.
This needs to happen before the dwc3 generic layer binds the usb device
to a host or device driver. Therefore, add an fdtdec_setup_board()
implementation to fixup the dt based on the boot mode.
Also use the same fixup function to set the USB-PCIe Serdes mux to PCIe
in both the host and device cases. This is required for accessing the
interface at USB 2.0 speeds.
Signed-off-by: Faiz Abbas <faiz_abbas@ti.com>
In order to be able to use things like file system drivers early on in
SPL (before relocation) in a memory-constrained environment when DDR is
not yet available we cannot use the simple malloc scheme which does not
implement the freeing of previously allocated memory blocks. To address
this issue go ahead and enable the use of the full malloc by manually
initializing the required functionality inside board_init_f by creating
a full malloc pool inside the pre-relocation malloc pool.
Signed-off-by: Faiz Abbas <faiz_abbas@ti.com>
usb_init() may be called multiple times for fetching multiple images
from SPL. Skip reinitializing USB if its already been done
Signed-off-by: Faiz Abbas <faiz_abbas@ti.com>
Create a new API spl_usb_load() that takes the filename as a parameter
instead of taking the default U-boot PAYLOAD_NAME
Signed-off-by: Faiz Abbas <faiz_abbas@ti.com>
The DT nodes on AM65x SoCs currently use a node name "interconnect" for
the various interconnects. This name is not following the DT schema, and
should simply be "bus". Update the fdt fixup logic to use both the
current and the expected corrected path names so that this logic won't
be broken with newer kernels.
The logic also corrects the crypto node name as the DT node
unit-addresses are all expected to be lower case.
Signed-off-by: Suman Anna <s-anna@ti.com>
The hardcoded array size leads to array overflows with changes in
speed modes enum in mmc core. Use MMC_MODES_END for otap_del_sel
array declaration to fix this.
Signed-off-by: Faiz Abbas <faiz_abbas@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
The various CBASS interconnect nodes on K3 J721E SoCs are defined
using the node name "interconnect". This is not a valid node name
as per the dt-schema. Fix these node names to use the standard name
used for SoC interconnects, "bus".
Signed-off-by: Suman Anna <s-anna@ti.com>
The various CBASS interconnect nodes on K3 AM65x SoCs are defined
using the node name "interconnect". This is not a valid node name
as per the dt-schema. Fix these node names to use the standard name
used for SoC interconnects, "bus".
Signed-off-by: Suman Anna <s-anna@ti.com>
This commit completes the migrations for DM_ETH and DM_USB. The board
is now consistent with omap3_beagle and other remaining OMAP3 boards.
Cc: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Cc: Adam Ford <aford173@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Derald D. Woods <woods.technical@gmail.com>
Pull request for UEFI sub-system for efi-2020-10-rc3
Bugs in the UEFI sub-system are fixed:
* use the optional data of the BootXXXX variables as load options
* simplify function public_key_verify_signature()
* amend a copyright notice
When switching on or off the ARM caches some care must be taken to ensure
existing cache line allocations are not left in an inconsistent state.
An example of this is when cache lines are considered non-shared by
and L3 controller even though the lines are shared. To prevent these
and other issues all cache lines should be cleared before enabling
or disabling a coherent master's cache. ARM cores and many L3 controllers
provide a way to efficiently clean out all cache lines to allow for
this, unfortunately there is no such easy way to do this on current K3
MSMC based systems.
We could explicitly clean out every valid external address tracked by
MSMC (all of DRAM), or we could attempt to identify only the set of
addresses accessed by a given boot stage and flush only those
specifically. This patch attempts the latter. We start with cleaning the
SPL load address. More addresses can be added here later as they are
identified.
Note that we perform a flush operation for both the flush and invalidate
operations, this is not a typo. We do this to avoid the situation that
some ARM cores will promote an invalidate to a clean+invalidate, but only
emit the invalidation operation externally, leading to a loss of data.
Signed-off-by: Andrew F. Davis <afd@ti.com>
Tested-by: Faiz Abbas <faiz_abbas@ti.com>
Add DT entries for main domain watchdog0 and 1 instances on the J721e
well as RTI1-based watchdog on the AM65x. RTI0 does not work for this
purpose on the AM65x, so leave it out.
On AM65x, we mark the power-domain as shared because RTI firmware such
as https://github.com/siemens/k3-rti-wdt may request it as well in order
to prevent accidental shutdown of the watchdog.
Signed-off-by: Jan Kiszka <jan.kiszka@siemens.com>
This is based on the Linux kernel driver for the RTI watchdog.
To actually reset the system on an AM65x, it requires firmware running
on the R5 that accepts the NMI and issues the actual system reset via
TISCI. Kind of an iTCO, except that this watchdog hardware has support
for no-way-out, and only for that.
On the J721E, reset works without extra firmware help when routing the
RTI interrupt via the ESM.
Signed-off-by: Jan Kiszka <jan.kiszka@siemens.com>
Up to now we used the value of the bootargs environment variable as load
options in the boot manager. This is not correct. The data has to be taken
from the Boot#### variable.
Let the boot manager copy the optional data of the EFI_LOAD_OPTION as load
options to the loaded image protocol.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
The bootefi bootmgr command has to set the load options for a loaded image
from the value of BootXXXX variable. If the boot manager is not used, the
value is set from the environment variable bootargs (or efi_selftest).
Factor out a common function efi_set_load_options().
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Some amount of code was moved/derived from efi_variable.c regarding
UEFI secure boot, in particluar in the commit 012c56ac76 ("efi_loader:
restructure code for TEE variables").
So add the orignal author's copyright notice.
Signed-off-by: AKASHI Takahiro <takahiro.akashi@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
File diff suppressed because it is too large
Load Diff
Some files were not shown because too many files have changed in this diff
Show More
Reference in New Issue
Block a user
Blocking a user prevents them from interacting with repositories, such as opening or commenting on pull requests or issues. Learn more about blocking a user.
